Pyrrolotriazine kinase inhibitors

ABSTRACT

The invention provides compounds of formula I 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. 
     The formula I compounds inhibit tyrosine kinase activity thereby making them useful as anticancer agents and for the treatment of Alzheimer&#39;s Disease.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The invention relates to novel pyrrolotriazine compounds that are usefulas anti-cancer agents. This invention also relates to a method of usingthe compounds in the treatment of proliferative and other diseases andto pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds.

BACKGROUND

The invention relates to compounds which inhibit tyrosine kinaseenzymes, compositions which contain tyrosine kinase inhibiting compoundsand methods of using inhibitors of tyrosine kinase enzymes to treatdiseases which are characterized by an overexpression or upregulation oftyrosine kinase activity such as cancer, diabetes, restenosis,arteriosclerosis, psoriasis, Alzheimer's disease, angiogenic diseasesand immunologic disorders (Powis, G.; Workman P. Signaling Targets ForThe Development of Cancer Drugs. Anti-Cancer Drug Design (1994), 9:263-277; Merenmies, J.; Parada, L. F.; Henkemeyer, M. Receptor TyrosineKinase Signaling in Vascular Development. Cell Growth Differ (1997) δ:3-10; Shawver, L. K.; Lipsosn, K. E.; Fong, T. A. T.; McMahon, G.;Plowman, G. D.; Strawn, L. M. Receptor Tyrosine Kinases As Targets ForInhibition of Angiogenesis. Drug Discovery Today (1997) 2: 50-63; allherein incorporated by reference).

Tyrosine kinases play a critical role in signal transduction for severalcellular functions including cell proliferation, carcinogenesis,apoptosis, and cell differentiation. Inhibitors of these enzymes areuseful for the treatment or prevention of proliferative diseases whichare dependent on these enzymes. Strong epidemiologic evidence suggeststhat the overexpression or activation of receptor protein tyrosinekinases leading to constitutive mitogenic signaling is an importantfactor in a growing number of human malignancies. Tyrosine kinases thathave been implicated in these processes include Abl, CDKs, EGF, EMT,FGF, FAK, Flk-1/KDR, Flt-3, GSK-3, GSKbeta-3, HER-2, IGF-1R, IR, Jak2,LCK, MET, PDGF, Src, Tie-2, TrkA, TrkB and VEGF. Hence, there is anongoing need to investigate novel compounds that can be used to regulateor inhibit tyrosine kinase enzymes.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The invention is directed to compounds having Formula I that inhibittyrosine kinase enzymes for the treatment of cancer.

Furthermore, the invention is directed to methods for treating acondition associated with one or more tyrosine kinase inhibitorcomprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I andoptionally one or more other anticancer agent.

The invention also provides methods for treating cancer using thecompounds of the invention either alone or together with one or moreother anticancer agent.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The invention provides for compounds of formula I, pharmaceuticalcompositions employing such compounds and for methods of using suchcompounds.

In accordance with the invention, there are disclosed compounds offormula I

wherein:

Q¹ is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;

X is C═O, C═S, C═NR⁹ or CH₂;

R¹, R², and R³ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy,halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkanoyl, substituted alkanoyl, amino,substituted amino, aminoalkyl, substituted aminoalkyl, alkylamino,substituted alkylamino, amide, substituted amide, carbamate, ureido,cyano, sulfonamido, substituted sulfonamido, alkylsulfone, nitro, thio,thioalkyl, alkylthio, disubstituted amino, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl,carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl, substitutedcarbamoyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,or alkylcarbonyl;

R⁴ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, halogen,haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, oxo, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkanoyl,substituted alkanoyl, alkanoyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoalkyl,substituted aminoalkyl, alkylamino, substituted alkylamino,hydroxyalkyl, disubstituted amino, amide, substituted amide, carbamate,substituted carbamate, ureido, cyano, sulfonamide, substitutedsulfonamide, alkylsulfone, heterocycloalkyl, substitutedheterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl,substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, nitro,thio, thioalkyl, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, carboxy,alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl, alkenyl, substitutedalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl,heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, arylheteroaryl,arylalkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkoxy, aryloxyalkyl,aryloxyaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, alkylcarbonyl,substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substituted heterolakenyl,heteroalkynyl, substituted heteroalkynyl, arylamino, arylalkylamino,alkanoylamino, aroylamino, arylalkanoylamino, arylthio, arylalkylthio,arylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylcarbonylamino, oralkylaminocarbonyl;

R⁵ is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, alkyl or substituted alkyl;

R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylidene,substituted alkylidene, hydroxy, alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy,oxo, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkanoyl, substituted alkanoyl,alkanoyloxy, amino, aminoalkyl, substituted aminoalkyl, alkylamino,substituted alkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, disubstituted amino, amide,substituted amide, carbamate, substituted carbamate, ureido, cyano,sulfonamide, substituted sulfonamide, alkylsulfone, heterocycloalkyl,substituted heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl,cycloalkylalkoxy, nitro, thio, thioalkyl, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl,alkylsulfinyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy,arylheteroaryl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkoxy,aryloxyalkyl, aryloxyaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,alkylcarbonyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substitutedheteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, substituted heteroalkynyl, arylamino,arylalkylamino, alkanoylamino, aroylamino, arylalkanoylamino, arylthio,arylalkylthio, arylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl,arylcarbonylamino, or alkylaminocarbonyl;

n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are geminal substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclicor heterocyclic ring; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are 1,2-cis substituents, they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered fused saturated carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring; or

when n=2, and R⁶ are 1,3-cis substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 1-4 membered alkyl or heteroalkyl bridge; or

when there are two R⁶ on the same carbon, they may together form acarbonyl (C═O) or alkylidene group (C═CHR⁹);

R⁷ and R⁸ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substitutedheteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, or substituted heteroalkynyl or R⁷ and R⁸may be taken together to form an optionally substituted monocyclic 4-8membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, oran optionally substituted bicyclic 7-12 membered saturated orunsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;

R⁹ is hydrogen or lower alkyl;

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

Non-limiting examples of structures contemplated for R⁶ when n=2 (asdefined above), include the following:

In another aspect of the invention, there are disclosed compounds of

wherein:

Q¹ is heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl;

X is C═O, C═S, C═NR⁹ or CH₂;

R¹ and R² are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy,alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkanoyl,substituted alkanoyl, amino, aminoalkyl, substituted aminoalkyl,alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, amide, substituted amide, carbamate,ureido, cyano, sulfonamido, substituted sulfonamido, alkylsulfone,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, nitro, thio, thioalkyl, alkylthio,disubstituted amino, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, carboxy,alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl, substituted carbamoyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, oralkylcarbonyl;

R³ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl or halogen;

R⁴ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, halogen,haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, oxo, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkanoyl,substituted alkanoyl, alkanoyloxy, amino, aminoalkyl, substitutedaminoalkyl, alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, hydroxyalkyl,disubstituted amino, amide, substituted amide, carbamate, substitutedcarbamate, ureido, cyano, sulfonamide, substituted sulfonamide,alkylsulfone, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substitutedcycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkoxy, nitro, thio, thioalkyl,alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl,alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl,substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substitutedheteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, arylheteroaryl, arylalkoxycarbonyl,heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkoxy, aryloxyalkyl, aryloxyaryl,heterocycle, substituted heterocycle, alkylcarbonyl, substitutedheteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substituted heterolakenyl, heteroalkynyl,substituted heteroalkynyl, arylamino, arylalkylamino, alkanoylamino,aroylamino, arylalkanoylamino, arylthio, arylalkylthio, arylsulfonyl,arylalkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylcarbonylamino oralkylaminocarbonyl;

R⁵ is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, alkyl or substituted alkyl;

R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylidene,substituted alkylidene, hydroxy, alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy,oxo, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkanoyl, substituted alkanoyl,alkanoyloxy, amino, aminoalkyl, substituted aminoalkyl, alkylamino,substituted alkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, disubstituted amino, amide,substituted amide, carbamate, substituted carbamate, ureido, cyano,sulfonamide, substituted sulfonamide, alkylsulfone, heterocycloalkyl,substituted heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl,cycloalkylalkoxy, nitro, thio, thioalkyl, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl,alkylsulfinyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy,arylheteroaryl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkoxy,aryloxyalkyl, aryloxyaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,alkylcarbonyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substitutedheteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, substituted heteroalkynyl, arylamino,arylalkylamino, alkanoylamino, aroylamino, arylalkanoylamino, arylthio,arylalkylthio, arylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl,arylcarbonylamino, or alkylaminocarbonyl;

n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are geminal substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclicor heterocyclic ring; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are 1,2-cis substituents, they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered fused saturated carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring; or

when n=2, and R⁶ are 1,3-cis substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 1-4 membered alkyl or heteroalkyl bridge; or

when there are two R⁶ on the same carbon, they may together form acarbonyl (C═O) or alkylidene group (C═CHR⁹);

R⁷ and R⁸ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substitutedheteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, or substituted heteroalkynyl or R⁷ and R⁸taken together may form an optionally substituted monocyclic 4-8membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, oran optionally substituted bicyclic 7-12 membered saturated orunsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;

R⁹ is hydrogen or lower alkyl;

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

In a further aspect of the invention, there are disclosed compounds offormula I

wherein:

Q¹ is pyrazole or imidazole;

R¹ and R² are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy,alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkanoyl,substituted alkanoyl, amino, aminoalkyl, substituted aminoalkyl,alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, amide, substituted amide, carbamate,ureido, cyano, sulfonamido, substituted sulfonamido, alkylsulfone,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, nitro, thio, thioalkyl, alkylthio,disubstituted amino, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, carboxy,alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl, substituted carbamoyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, oralkylcarbonyl;

R³ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl or halogen;

R⁴ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, amide, substituted amide,cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl;

R⁵ is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl;

R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylidene,substituted alkylidene, hydroxy, alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy,oxo, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkanoyl, substituted alkanoyl,alkanoyloxy, amino, aminoalkyl, substituted aminoalkyl, alkylamino,substituted alkylamino, hydroxyalkyl, disubstituted amino, amide,substituted amide, carbamate, substituted carbamate, ureido, cyano,sulfonamide, substituted sulfonamide, alkylsulfone, heterocycloalkyl,substituted heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl,cycloalkylalkoxy, nitro, thio, thioalkyl, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl,alkylsulfinyl, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, carbamoyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy,arylheteroaryl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkoxy,aryloxyalkyl, aryloxyaryl, heterocycle, substituted heterocycle,alkylcarbonyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substitutedheteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, substituted heteroalkynyl, arylamino,arylalkylamino, alkanoylamino, aroylamino, arylalkanoylamino, arylthio,arylalkylthio, arylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl,arylcarbonylamino, or alkylaminocarbonyl;

n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are geminal substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclicor heterocyclic ring; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are 1,2-cis substituents, they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered fused saturated carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring; or

when n=2, and R⁶ are 1,3-cis substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 1-4 membered alkyl or heteroalkyl bridge; or whenthere are two R⁶ on the same carbon, they may together form a carbonyl(C═O) or alkylidene group (C═CHR⁹);

R⁷ and R⁸ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substitutedheteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, or substituted heteroalkynyl or R⁷ and R⁸taken together may form an optionally substituted monocyclic 4-8membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, oran optionally substituted bicyclic 7-12 membered saturated orunsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

In another aspect of the invention, there are disclosed compounds offormula II

wherein:

R¹ and R² are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy,alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, halogen, amino, substituted amino,aminoalkyl, substituted aminoalkyl, alkylamino, substituted alkylamino,amide, substituted amide, carbamate, ureido or cyano;

R³ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl or halogen;

R⁴ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, amide, substituted amide,cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl;

R⁵ is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl;

R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy,substituted alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, oxo, cyano,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl or carbonyl;

n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are geminal substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclicor heterocyclic ring; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are 1,2-cis substituents, they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered fused saturated carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring; or

when n=2, and R⁶ are 1,3-cis substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 1-4 membered alkyl or heteroalkyl bridge; or

when there are two R⁶ on the same carbon, they may together form acarbonyl (C═O);

R⁷ and R⁸ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substitutedheteroalkenyl, or R⁷ and R⁸ taken together may form an optionallysubstituted monocyclic 4-8 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclicor heterocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted bicyclic 7-12membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

In yet another aspect of the invention, there are disclosed compounds offormula III

wherein:

R¹ and R² are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy,alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, halogen, amino, substituted amino,aminoalkyl, substituted aminoalkyl, alkylamino, substituted alkylamino,amide, substituted amide, carbamate, ureido or cyano;

R³ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl or halogen;

R⁴ is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, amide, substituted amide,cycloalkyl or substituted cycloalkyl;

R⁵ is hydrogen, lower alkyl, or substituted lower alkyl;

R⁶ is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy,substituted alkoxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, oxo, cyano,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl or carbonyl;

n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are geminal substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclicor heterocyclic ring; or

when n=2 and R⁶ are 1,2-cis substituents, they may together form anoptionally substituted 3-6 membered fused saturated carbocyclic orheterocyclic ring; or

when n=2, and R⁶ are 1,3-cis substituents they may together form anoptionally substituted 1-4 membered alkyl or heteroalkyl bridge; or

when there are two R⁶ on the same carbon, they may together form acarbonyl (C═O);

R⁷ and R⁸ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl,substituted heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl,heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, substitutedheteroalkenyl, or R⁷ and R⁸ taken together may form an optionallysubstituted monocyclic 4-8 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclicor heterocyclic ring, or an optionally substituted bicyclic 7-12membered saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

Compounds of the invention include the following:

-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-cyclopropylpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-(2-methoxyethyl)piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-N-(5-chlorothiazol-2-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(3-methylisothiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-N-(4-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(3-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(3-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (S)-3-(2-(2-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide,-   (S)-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)piperidin-3-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4R)—N-(4-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(3-methylisothiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4S)-N-(4-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4    S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4    S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(3-methylisothiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,-   (2S,4    S)-1-(4-(5-cylopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,    and-   (2S,4    S)-N-(5-chlorothiazol-2-yl)-1-(4-(5-cylopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide,

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof.

In further aspects of the invention, there are disclosed a method ofmodulating protein kinase activity which comprises administering to amammal in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of one ormore compounds of formula I.

Another aspect of the invention is that said protein kinase comprisesone or more protein serine/threonine kinase or one or more proteintyrosine kinase.

Additionally, it is an aspect of the invention that said proteintyrosine kinase is selected from the group consisting of one or moreCDK2/cyclin E; Flt-3; Fak; GSK-3β; IGF-1R; IR; JAK2; Kit; Lck; Met;PDGFRβ; PKCα; Src, TrkA; TrkB; VEGFR-1;VEGFR-2; VEGFR-3.

Another aspect of the invention is that said protein tyrosine kinase isIGF-1R.

In another aspect, the invention relates to a method of treating orpreventing a protein kinase (PK) related disorder in a mammal in needthereof comprising administering to said mammal a therapeuticallyeffective amount of one or more compounds described herein.

In yet another aspect of the invention, the PK related disorder is anIGF-1R related disorder selected from the group consisting of cancer,diabetes, an autoimmune disease, a hyperproliferation disorder, aging,acromegaly and Crohn's disease.

Methods of treating or preventing cancers selected from the groupconsisting of carcinoma of the prostate, pancreatic ductaladreno-carcinoma, breast, colon, lung, ovary, pancreas and thyroid,neuroblastoma, glioblastoma, medulloblastoma and melanoma, multiplemyeloma, and acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) are also part of theinvention.

DEFINITIONS

The following are definitions of terms that may be used in thespecification. The initial definition provided for a group or termherein applies to that group or term throughout the specificationindividually or as part of another group, unless otherwise indicated.

The term “alkyl” refers to straight or branched chain unsubstitutedhydrocarbon groups of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 7 carbonatoms. The expression “lower alkyl” refers to unsubstituted alkyl groupsof 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

The term “substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted by,for example, one to four substituents, such as, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy,oxo, alkanoyl, aryloxy, alkanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, arylamino,arylalkylamino, disubstituted amines in which the 2 amino substituentsare selected from alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl; alkanoylamino, aroylamino,aralkanoylamino, substituted alkanoylamino, substituted arylamino,substituted aralkanoylamino, thiol, alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio,alkylthiono, arylthiono, arylalkylthiono, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl,arylalkylsulfonyl, sulfonamido, e.g. SO₂NH₂, substituted sulfonamido,nitro, cyano, carboxy, carbamyl, e.g. CONH₂, substituted carbamyl e.g.CONHalkyl, CONHaryl, CONHarylalkyl or cases where there are twosubstituents on the nitrogen selected from alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl;alkoxycarbonyl, aryl, substituted aryl, guanidino, heterocyclyl, e.g.,indolyl, imidazolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolidyl, pyridyl,pyrimidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl,homopiperazinyl and the like, and substituted heterocyclyl. Where notedabove where the substituent is further substituted it will be withalkyl, alkoxy, aryl or arylalkyl.

The term “halogen” or “halo” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine andiodine.

The term “aryl” refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbongroups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring portion, such as phenyl,naphthyl, biphenyl and diphenyl groups, each of which may besubstituted.

The terms “aryloxy”, “arylamino”, “arylalkylamino”, “arylthio”,“arylalkanoylamino”, “arylsulfonyl”, “arylalkoxy”, “arylsulfinyl”,“arylheteroaryl”, “arylalkylthio”, “arylcarbonyl”, “arylalkenyl”, or“arylalkylsulfonyl” refer to an aryl or substituted aryl bonded to anoxygen; an amino; an alkylamino; a thio; an alkanoylamino; a sulfonyl;an alkoxy; a sulfinyl; a heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl; analkylthio; a carbonyl; an alkenyl; or an alkylsulfonyl, respectively.

The term “arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl” refers to an arylsulfonyl bonded toan aminocarbonyl.

The terms “aryloxyalkyl”, “aryloxycarbonyl” or “aryloxyaryl” refer to anaryloxy bonded to an alkyl or substituted alkyl; a carbonyl; or an arylor substituted aryl, respectively.

The term “arylalkyl” refers to an alkyl or substituted alkyl in which atleast one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to at least one of the carbonatoms is replaced with an aryl or substituted aryl. Typical arylalkylsinclude, but are not limited to, for example, benzyl,2-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethen-1-yl, naphthylmethyl,2-naphthylethan-1-yl, 2-naphthylethen-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, and2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl.

The term “arylalkyloxy” refers to an arylalkyl bonded through an oxygenlinkage (—O-arylalkyl).

The term “substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group substituted by, forexample, one to four substituents such as alkyl, substituted alkyl,alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl,substituted aryl, arylalkyl, halo, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl,hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkanoyloxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, amino,alkylamino, arylamino, arylalkylamino, dialkylamino, alkanoylamino,thiol, alkylthio, ureido, nitro, cyano, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, carbamyl,alkoxycarbonyl, alkylthiono, arylthiono, arylsulfonylamine, sulfonicacid, alkysulfonyl, sulfonamido, aryloxy and the like. The substituentmay be further substituted by hydroxy, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl,alkynyl, aryl or arylalkyl.

The term “heteroaryl” refers to an optionally substituted, aromaticgroup for example, which is a 4 to 7 membered monocyclic, 7 to 11membered bicyclic, or 10 to 15 membered tricyclic ring system, which hasat least one heteroatom and at least one carbon atom-containing ring,for example, pyridine, tetrazole, indazole.

The term “alkenyl” refers to straight or branched chain hydrocarbongroups of 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, andmost preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, having one to four double bonds.

The term “substituted alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group substitutedby, for example, one to two substituents, such as, halo, hydroxy,alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,alkanoylamino, thiol, alkylthio, alkylthiono, alkylsulfonyl,sulfonamido, nitro, cyano, carboxy, carbamyl, substituted carbamyl,guanidino, indolyl, imidazolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolidyl,pyridyl, pyrimidyl and the like.

The term “alkynyl” refers to straight or branched chain hydrocarbongroups of 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, andmost preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, having one to four triple bonds.

The term “substituted alkynyl” refers to an alkynyl group substitutedby, for example, a substituent, such as, halo, hydroxy, alkoxy,alkanoyl, alkanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkanoylamino,thiol, alkylthio, alkylthiono, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonamido, nitro, cyano,carboxy, carbamyl, substituted carbamyl, guanidino and heterocyclyl,e.g. imidazolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolidyl, pyridyl,pyrimidyl and the like.

An “alkylidene” group refers to an alkylene group consisting of at leasttwo carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond.Substituents on this group include those in the definition of“substituted alkyl”. The following further illustrates the differencebetween “alkylidene” and “alkylene”:

The first two structures illustrate an alkylidene while the third oneillustrates an alkylene.

The term “cycloalkyl” refers to an optionally substituted, saturatedcyclic hydrocarbon ring systems, preferably containing 1 to 3 rings and3 to 7 carbons per ring which may be further fused with an unsaturatedC₃-C₇ carbocylic ring. Exemplary groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cycloctyl, cyclodecyl,cyclododecyl, and adamantyl. Exemplary substituents include one or morealkyl groups as described above, or one or more groups described aboveas alkyl substituents.

The terms “heterocycle”, “heterocyclic” and “heterocyclyl” refer to anoptionally substituted, fully saturated or unsaturated, aromatic ornonaromatic cyclic group, for example, which is a 4 to 7 memberedmonocyclic, 7 to 11 membered bicyclic, or 10 to 15 membered tricyclicring system, which has at least one heteroatom in at least one carbonatom-containing ring. Each ring of the heterocyclic group containing aheteroatom may have 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen atoms,oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms, where the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatomsmay also optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatoms may alsooptionally be quaternized. The heterocyclic group may be attached at anyheteroatom or carbon atom.

Exemplary monocyclic heterocyclic groups include pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl,indolyl, pyrazolyl, oxetanyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl,imidazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl,thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl,furyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thienyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl,2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, homopiperazinyl,2-oxohomopiperazinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxazepinyl, azepinyl,4-piperidonyl, pyridyl, N-oxo-pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl,pyridazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl,thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, thiamorpholinyl sulfone, 1,3-dioxolane andtetrahydro-1,1-dioxothienyl, dioxanyl, isothiazolidinyl, thietanyl,thiiranyl, triazinyl, and triazolyl, and the like.

Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclic groups include2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-1H-indolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl,benzothienyl, quinuclidinyl, quinolinyl, quinolinyl-N-oxide,tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyranyl,indolizinyl, benzofuryl, chromonyl, coumarinyl, cinnolinyl,quinoxalinyl, indazolyl, pyrrolopyridyl, furopyridinyl (such asfuro[2,3-c]pyridinyl, furo[3,1-b]pyridinyl] or furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl),dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroquinazolinyl (such as3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl), benzisothiazolyl, benzisoxazolyl,benzodiazinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzotriazolyl,benzpyrazolyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, dihydrobenzofuryl,dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranylsulfone, dihydrobenzopyranyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, isochromanyl,isoindolinyl, naphthyridinyl, phthalazinyl, piperonyl, purinyl,pyridopyridyl, pyrrolotriazinyl, quinazolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl,thienofuryl, thienopyridyl, thienothienyl, and the like.

Exemplary substituents include one or more alkyl or arylalkyl groups asdescribed above or one or more groups described above as alkylsubstituents.

Also included are smaller heterocyclyls, such as, epoxides andaziridines.

The term “carbocyclic ring” or “carbocyclyl” refers to stable,saturated, partially saturated or unsaturated, mono or bicyclichydrocarbon rings that contain 3-12 atoms. Particularly, this includes amonocyclic ring containing 5 or 6 atoms or a bicyclic ring containing 9or 10 atoms. Suitable values include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, dihydroindenyl andtetrahydronaphthyl. The term “optionally substituted” as it refers to“carbocyclic ring” or “carbocyclyl” herein indicates that thecarbocyclic ring may be substituted at one or more substitutable ringpositions by one or more groups independently selected from alkyl(preferably lower alkyl), alkoxy (preferably lower alkoxy), nitro,monoalkylamino (preferably a lower alkylamino), dialkylamino (preferablya di[lower]alkylamino), cyano, halo, haloalkyl (preferablytrifluoromethyl), alkanoyl, aminocarbonyl, monoalkylaminocarbonyl,dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkyl amido (preferably lower alkyl amido),alkoxyalkyl (preferably a lower alkoxy[lower]alkyl), alkoxycarbonyl(preferably a lower alkoxycarbonyl), alkylcarbonyloxy (preferably alower alkylcarbonyloxy) and aryl (preferably phenyl), said aryl beingoptionally substituted by halo, lower alkyl and lower alkoxy groups.

The term “heteroatoms” shall include oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.

The term “alkylsulfone” refers to —R^(k)S(═O)₂R^(k), wherein R^(k) is analkyl or substituted alkyl.

The term “oxo” refers to the divalent radical ═O.

The term “carbamate” refers to the group —OC(═O)NH₂.

The term “amide” refers to the group —C(═O)NH₂.

The term “sulfonamide” refers to the group —SO₂NH₂.

The terms “substituted amide”, “substituted sulfonamide”, or“substituted carbamate” refer to an amide, sulfonamide, or carbamate,respectively, having at least one hydrogen replaced with a group chosenfrom alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl,and substituted cycloalkyl.

A substituted amide, for example, refers to the group —C(═O)NR′Rnwherein R^(m) and R^(n) are independently selected from H, alkyl,substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl, andsubstituted cycloalkyl, provided at least one of R^(m) or R^(n) is asubstituted moiety.

A substituted sulfonamide, for example, refers to the group—SO₂NR^(o)R^(p) wherein R^(o) and R^(p) are independently selected fromalkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl, andsubstituted cycloalkyl, provided at least one of R^(o) or R^(p) is asubstituted moiety.

A substituted carbamate, for example, refers to the group—OC(═O)NR^(q)R^(r) wherein R^(q) and R^(r) are independently selectedfrom alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl,and substituted cycloalkyl, provided at least one of R^(q) or R^(r) is asubstituted moiety.

The term “ureido” refers to the group —NHC(═O)NH₂.

The term “cyano” refers to the group —CN.

The terms “cycloalkylalkyl” or “cycloalkylalkoxy” refer to a cycloalkylor substituted cycloalkyl bonded to an alkyl or substituted alkyl; or analkoxy, respectively.

The term “nitro” refers to the group —N(O)₂.

The term “thio” refers to the group —SH.

The term “alkylthio” refers to the group —SR^(s) where R^(s) is analkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl.

The term “thioalkyl” refers to the group —R^(t)S where R^(t) is analkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl.

The term “alkylsulfonyl” refers to the group —S(═O)₂R^(u) where R^(u) isan alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl.

The term “alkylsulfinyl” refers to the group —S(═O)R^(v) where R^(v) isan alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, or substituted cycloalkyl.

The term “carboxy” refers to the group —C(═O)OH.

The terms “carboxyalkoxy” or “alkoxycarbonylalkoxy” refer to a carboxy,or an alkoxycarbonyl, respectively, bonded to an alkoxy.

The term “alkoxycarbonyl” refers to the group —C(═O)OR^(w) where R^(w)is an alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl,aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or substituted heteroaryl.

The term “arylalkoxycarbonyl” refers to an aryl or substituted arylbonded to an alkoxycarbonyl.

The terms “alkylcarbonyloxy” or “arylcarbonyloxy” refer to the group—OC(═O)R^(x), where R^(x) is an alkyl or substituted alkyl, or an arylor substituted aryl, respectively.

The term “carbamoyl” refers to the groups —OC(═O)NH₂, —OC(═O)NHR^(x),and/or —OC(═O)NR^(y)R^(z), wherein R^(y) and R^(z) are independentlyselected from alkyl and substituted alkyl.

The group —NR⁶(C═O)R⁹ refers to a group where R⁶ is selected fromhydrogen, lower alkyl and substituted lower alkyl, and R⁹ is selectedfrom hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, aminoalkyl, substitutedaminoalkyl, alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, aryl and substitutedaryl.

The term “carbonyl” refers to a C(═O).

The terms “alkylcarbonyl”, “aminocarbonyl”, “alkylaminocarbonyl”“aminoalkylcarbonyl”, or “arylaminocarbonyl” refer to an alkyl orsubstituted alkyl; an amino; an alkylamino or substituted alkylamino; anaminoalkyl or substituted aminoalkyl; or an arylamino, respectively,bonded to a carbonyl.

The terms “aminocarbonylaryl” or “aminocarbonylalkyl” refer to anaminocarbonyl bonded to an aryl or substituted aryl; or an alkyl orsubstituted alkyl, respectively.

The term “sulfonyl” refers to the group S(═O)₂.

The term “sulfinyl” refers to an S(═O).

The term “carboxyalkyl” refers to an alkyl or substituted alkyl bondedto a carboxy.

The compounds of formula I may form salts which are also within thescope of this invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e. non-toxic,physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other saltsare also useful, e.g., in isolating or purifying the compounds of thisinvention.

The compounds of formula I may form salts with alkali metals such assodium, potassium and lithium, with alkaline earth metals such ascalcium and magnesium, with organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine,tributylamine, pyridine and amino acids such as arginine, lysine and thelike. Such salts can be formed as known to those skilled in the art.

The compounds for formula I may form salts with a variety of organic andinorganic acids. Such salts include those formed with hydrogen chloride,hydrogen bromide, methanesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid,trifluoroacetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, benzenesulfonic acid,toluenesulfonic acid and various others (e.g., nitrates, phosphates,borates, tartrates, citrates, succinates, benzoates, ascorbates,salicylates and the like). Such salts can be formed as known to thoseskilled in the art.

In addition, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed.

All stereoisomers of the compounds of the instant invention arecontemplated, either in admixture or in pure or substantially pure form.The definition of compounds according to the invention embraces all thepossible stereoisomers and their mixtures. It very particularly embracesthe racemic forms and the isolated optical isomers having the specifiedactivity. The racemic forms can be resolved by physical methods, suchas, for example, fractional crystallization, separation orcrystallization of diastereomeric derivatives or separation by chiralcolumn chromatography. The individual optical isomers can be obtainedfrom the racemates from the conventional methods, such as, for example,salt formation with an optically active acid followed bycrystallization.

Compounds of the formula I may also have prodrug forms. Since prodrugsare known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals(e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compoundsof the present invention may be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, thepresent invention is intended to cover prodrugs of the presently claimedcompounds, methods of delivering the same and compositions containingthe same. “Prodrugs” are intended to include any covalently bondedcarriers that release an active parent drug of the present invention invivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugsof the present invention are prepared by modifying functional groupspresent in the compound in such a way that the modifications arecleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parentcompound. Prodrugs include compounds of the present invention wherein ahydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group that, whenthe prodrug of the present invention is administered to a mammaliansubject, it cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or freesulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but arenot limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcoholand amine functional groups in the compounds of the present invention.

Various forms of prodrugs are well known in the art. For examples ofsuch prodrug derivatives, see:

a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) andMethods in Enzymology, Vol. 112, pp. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, etal. (Academic Press, 1985);

b) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krosgaard-Larsenand H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5, “Design and Application of Prodrugs,” by H.Bundgaard, pp. 113-191 (1991); and

c) H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8, 1-38 (1992).

It should further be understood that solvates (e.g., hydrates) of thecompounds of formula I are also with the scope of the invention. Methodsof solvation are generally known in the art.

According to a further aspect of the invention, there is provided theuse of a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for use in theproduction of an antiproliferative effect in a warm-blooded animal suchas a human being.

According to a further feature of the invention there is provided amethod for producing an antiproliferative effect in a warm-bloodedanimal, such as a human being, in need of such treatment which comprisesadministering to said animal an effective amount of a compound offormula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as definedherein before.

The anti-proliferative treatment defined herein before may be applied asa sole therapy or may involve, in addition to a compound of theinvention, one or more other substances and/or treatments. Suchtreatment may be achieved by way of the simultaneous, sequential orseparate administration of the individual components of the treatment.The compounds of this invention may also be useful in combination withknown anti-cancer and cytotoxic agents and treatments, includingradiation. If formulated as a fixed dose, such combination productsemploy the compounds of this invention within the dosage range describedbelow and the other pharmaceutically active agent within its approveddosage range. Compounds of formula I may be used sequentially with knownanticancer or cytotoxic agents and treatment, including radiation when acombination formulation is inappropriate.

The term “anti-cancer” agent includes any known agent that is useful forthe treatment of cancer including the following: 17a-ethinylestradiol,diethylstilbestrol, testosterone, prednisone, fluoxymesterone,dromostanolone propionate, testolactone, megestrolacetate,methylprednisolone, methyl-testosterone, prednisolone, triamcinolone,chlorotrianisene, hydroxyprogesterone, aminoglutethimide, estramustine,medroxyprogesteroneacetate, leuprolide, flutamide, toremifene, Zoladex;matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors; VEGF inhibitors, such as anti-VEGFantibodies (Avastin®) and small molecules such as ZD6474 and SU6668;Vatalanib, BAY-43-9006, SU11248, CP-547632, and CEP-7055; HER 1 and HER2 inhibitors including anti-HER2 antibodies (Herceptin); EGFR inhibitorsincluding gefitinib, erlotinib, ABX-EGF, EMD72000, 11F8, and cetuximab;Eg5 inhibitors, such as SB-715992, SB-743921, and MKI-833; pan Herinhibitors, such as canertinib, EKB-569, CI-1033, AEE-788, XL-647, mAb2C4, and GW-572016; Src inhibitors, e.g. Gleevec® and dasatinib;Casodex® (bicalutamide, Astra Zeneca), Tamoxifen; MEK-1 kinaseinhibitors, MAPK kinase inhibitors, PI3 kinase inhibitors; PDGFinhibitors, such as imatinib; anti-angiogenic and antivascular agentswhich, by interrupting blood flow to solid tumors, render cancer cellsquiescent by depriving them of nutrition; castration, which rendersandrogen dependent carcinomas non-proliferative; inhibitors ofnon-receptor and receptor tyrosine kinases; inhibitors of integrinsignaling; tubulin acting agents such as vinblastine, vincristine,vinorelbine, vinflunine, paclitaxel, docetaxel,7-O-methylthiomethylpaclitaxel, 4-desacetyl-4-methylcarbonatepaclitaxel,3′-tert-butyl-3′-N-tert-butyloxycarbonyl-4-deacetyl-3′-dephenyl-3′-N-debenzoyl-4-O-methoxycarbonyl-paclitaxel,C-4 methyl carbonate paclitaxel, epothilone A, epothilone B, epothiloneC, epothilone D, desoxyepothilone A, desoxyepothilone B,[1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,12R*,16S*]]-7-11-dihydroxy-8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-3-[1-methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-thiazolyl)ethenyl]-4-aza-17oxabicyclo[14.1.0]heptadecane-5,9-dione (ixabepilone),[1S-[1R*,3R*(E),7R*,10S*,11R*,12R*,16S*]]-3-[2-[2-(aminomethyl)-4-thiazolyl]-1-methylethenyl]-7,11-dihydroxy-8,8,10,12,16-pentamethyl-4-17-dioxabicyclo[14.1.0]-heptadecane-5,9-dione,and derivatives thereof; CDK inhibitors, antiproliferative cell cycleinhibitors, epidophyllotoxin, etoposide, VM-26; antineoplastic enzymes,e.g., topoisomerase I inhibitors, camptothecin, topotecan, SN-38;procarbazine; mitoxantrone; platinum coordination complexes such ascisplatin, carboplatin and oxaliplatin; biological response modifiers;growth inhibitors; antihormonal therapeutic agents; leucovorin; tegafur;antimetabolites such as purine antagonists (e.g. 6-thioguanine and6-mercaptopurine; glutamine antagonists, e.g. DON (AT-125;d-oxo-norleucine); ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors;and haematopoietic growth factors.

Additional cytotoxic agents include, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin,daunorubicin, mitoxanthrone, melphalan, hexamethyl melamine, thiotepa,cytarabin, idatrexate, trimetrexate, dacarbazine, L-asparaginase,bicalutamide, leuprolide, pyridobenzoindole derivatives, interferons,and interleukins.

In the field of medical oncology it is normal practice to use acombination of different forms of treatment to treat each patient withcancer. In medical oncology the other component(s) of such treatment inaddition to the antiproliferative treatment defined herein before may besurgery, radiotherapy or chemotherapy. Such chemotherapy may cover threemain categories of therapeutic agent:

(i) antiangiogenic agents that work by different mechanisms from thosedefined hereinbefore (for example, linomide, inhibitors of integrin αvβ3function, angiostatin, razoxane);

(ii) cytostatic agents such as antiestrogens (for example, tamoxifen,toremifene, raloxifene, droloxifene, idoxifene), progestogens (forexample, megestrol acetate), aromatase inhibitors (for example,anastrozole, letrozole, exemestane), antihormones, antiprogestogens,antiandrogens (for example, flutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide,cyproterone acetate), LHRH agonists and antagonists (for example,gosereline acetate, leuprolide), inhibitors of testosterone5α-dihydroreductase (for example, finasteride), farnesyltransferaseinhibitors, anti-invasion agents (for example, metalloproteinaseinhibitors such as marimastat and inhibitors of urokinase plasminogenactivator receptor function) and inhibitors of growth factor function,(such growth factors include for example, EGF, FGF, platelet derivedgrowth factor and hepatocyte growth factor, such inhibitors includegrowth factor antibodies, growth factor receptor antibodies such asAvastin® (bevacizumab) and Erbitux® (cetuximab); tyrosine kinaseinhibitors and serine/threonine kinase inhibitors); and

(iii) antiproliferative/antineoplastic drugs and combinations thereof,as used in medical oncology, such as antimetabolites (for example,antifolates such as methotrexate, fluoropyrimidines such as5-fluorouracil, purine and adenosine analogues, cytosine arabinoside);Intercalating antitumour antibiotics (for example, anthracyclines suchas doxorubicin, daunomycin, epirubicin and idarubicin, mitomycin-C,dactinomycin, mithramycin); platinum derivatives (for example,cisplatin, carboplatin); alkylating agents (for example, nitrogenmustard, melphalan, chlorambucil, busulphan, cyclophosphamide,ifosfamide nitrosoureas, thiotepa; antimitotic agents (for example,vinca alkaloids like vincristine, vinorelbine, vinblastine andvinflunine) and taxoids such as Taxol® (paclitaxel), Taxotere®(docetaxel) and newer microbtubule agents such as epothilone analogs(ixabepilone), discodermolide analogs, and eleutherobin analogs;topoisomerase inhibitors (for example, epipodophyllotoxins such asetoposide and teniposide, amsacrine, topotecan, irinotecan); cell cycleinhibitors (for example, flavopyridols); biological response modifiersand proteasome inhibitors such as Velcade® (bortezomib).

As stated above, the formula I compounds of the invention are ofinterest for their antiproliferative effects. Such compounds of theinvention are expected to be useful in a wide range of disease statesincluding cancer, psoriasis, and rheumatoid arthritis.

More specifically, the compounds of formula I are useful in thetreatment of a variety of cancers, including (but not limited to) thefollowing:

-   -   carcinoma, including that of the prostate, pancreatic ductal        adreno-carcinoma, breast, colon, lung, ovary, pancreas, and        thyroid;    -   tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system, including        neuroblastoma, glioblastoma, and medullobalstoma; and    -   other tumors, including melanoma and multiple myeloma.

Due to the key role of kinases in the regulation of cellularproliferation in general, inhibitors could act as reversible cytostaticagents which may be useful in the treatment of any disease process whichfeatures abnormal cellular proliferation, e.g., benign prostatehyperplasia, familial adenomatosis polyposis, neuro-fibromatosis,pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosisfollowing angioplasty or vascular surgery, hypertrophic scar formationand inflammatory bowel disease.

The compounds of formula I are especially useful in treatment of tumorshaving a high incidence of tyrosine kinase activity, such as prostate,colon, brain, thyroid and pancreatic tumors. Additionally, the compoundsof the invention may be useful in treatment of sarcomas and pediatricsarcomas. By the administration of a composition (or a combination) ofthe compounds of this invention, development of tumors in a mammalianhost is reduced.

Compounds of formula I may also be useful in the treatment of othercancerous diseases (such as acute myelogenous leukemia) that may beassociated with signal transduction pathways operating through kinasessuch as Flt-3 (Fine-like kinase-3), Tie-2, CDK2, VEGFR, FGFR and IGFRkinases.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention containing the activeingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, astablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersiblepowders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups orelixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according toany method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceuticalcompositions and such compositions may contain one or more agentsselected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoringagents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to providepharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.

Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsuleswherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, forexample, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as softgelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with watersoluble carrier such as polyethyleneglycol or an oil medium, for examplepeanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of sterile injectableaqueous solutions. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that maybe employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloridesolution.

The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectableoil-in-water microemulsion where the active ingredient is dissolved inthe oily phase. For example, the active ingredient may be firstdissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin. The oil solutionthen introduced into a water and glycerol mixture and processed to forma microemulation.

The injectable solutions or microemulsions may be introduced into apatient's blood-stream by local bolus injection. Alternatively, it maybe advantageous to administer the solution or microemulsion in such away as to maintain a constant circulating concentration of the instantcompound. In order to maintain such a constant concentration, acontinuous intravenous delivery device may be utilized. An example ofsuch a device is the Deltec CADD-PLUS™ Model 5400 intravenous pump.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterileinjectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension for intramuscular andsubcutaneous administration. This suspension may be formulated accordingto the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents andsuspending agents which have been mentioned above.

When a compound according to this invention is administered into a humansubject, the daily dosage will normally be determined by the prescribingphysician with the dosage generally varying according to the age,weight, sex and response of the individual patient, as well as theseverity of the patient's symptoms.

If formulated as a fixed dose, such combination products employ thecompounds of this invention within the dosage range described above andthe other pharmaceutically active agent or treatment within its approveddosage range. Compounds of formula I may also be administeredsequentially with known anticancer or cytotoxic agents when acombination formulation is inappropriate. The invention is not limitedin the sequence of administration; compounds of formula I may beadministered either prior to or after administration of the knownanticancer or cytotoxic agent(s).

The compounds may be administered in a dosage range of about 0.05 to 200mg/kg/day, preferably less than 100 mg/kg/day, in a single dose or in 2to 4 divided doses.

BIOLOGICAL ASSAYS

A. CDK 2/cyclin E Kinase Assay

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated CDK2E substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of bacteriallyexpressed, CDK2E with substrates and test compounds. The reaction wasincubated at room temperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μlof 35 mM EDTA to each sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on theCaliper LabChip 3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescentsubstrate and phosphorylated product. Inhibition data were calculated bycomparison to no enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition andvehicle-only reactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration ofreagents in the assays is ATP, 30 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; CDK2E, 0.2 nM;and DMSO, 1.6%. Dose response curves were generated to determine theconcentration required inhibiting 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀).Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) andevaluated at eleven concentrations, each in duplicate. IC₅₀ values werederived by non-linear regression analysis.

B. FLT3

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated FLT3 substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of FLT3 withsubstrates and test compounds. The reaction was incubated at roomtemperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μl of 35 mM EDTA toeach sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on the Caliper LabChip3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrate andphosphorylated product. Inhibition data were calculated by comparison tono enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays are ATP, 200 μM, FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; FLT3, 4.5 nM and DMSO, 1.6%.Dose response curves were generated to determine the concentrationrequired inhibiting 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀). Compounds weredissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and evaluated at elevenconcentrations, each in duplicate. IC₅₀ values were derived bynon-linear regression analysis.

C. GSK3-β

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated peptide FL-GSK substrate and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.2, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35, 25 mM(β-glycerolphosphate and 4 mM DTT). The reaction was initiated by thecombination of GSK3-β with substrates and test compounds. The reactionwas incubated at room temperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding30 μl of 35 mM EDTA to each sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed onthe Caliper LabChip 3000 (Caliper, Hopkinton, Mass.) by electrophoreticseparation of the fluorescent substrate and phosphorylated product.Inhibition data were calculated by comparison to no enzyme controlreactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-only reactions for 0%inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in the assays is ATP, 30μM; FL-GSK substrate, 1.5 μM; His-GSK3B, 2.4 nM; and DMSO, 1.6%.

D. IGF1-Receptor Tyrosine Kinase Assay

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated IGF1R substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MnCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of IGF1-receptorwith substrates and test compounds. The reaction was incubated at roomtemperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μl of 35 mM EDTA toeach sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on the Caliper LabChip3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrate andphosphorylated product Inhibition data were calculated by comparison tono enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays is ATP, 25 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; IGF1-Receptor, 14 nM; andDMSO, 1.6%. Dose response curves were generated to determine theconcentration required inhibiting 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀).Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) andevaluated at eleven concentrations, each in duplicate. IC₅₀ values werederived by non-linear regression analysis.

Compounds described herein were tested in the above assay. The followingresults were obtained.

TABLE I IGF-1R in vitro kinase IC50 (uM) Example IGF1R kinase IC₅₀ (uM)6 0.043 10 3.166 23 1.757 41 0.122 42 0.170 44 0.098 47 0.361 55 0.07256 2.840 57 1.522 58 0.174 59 0.880 65 17.740 67 2.507 71 0.428 75 0.46297 0.058 104 0.002 105 0.004 107 0.016 110 0.002 111 0.007 126 0.370 1332.724 134 0.034 149 0.912 154 0.021 188 0.028 190 0.232 209 0.002 2110.001 215 2.070 216 0.005 219 0.001 243 0.005 254 0.001 255 0.000 2560.002 259 0.002 287 0.003 288 0.001 293 0.002 294 0.005 301 0.002 3170.014 318 0.003

E. Insulin Receptor Tyrosine Kinase Assay

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated InsR substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MnCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of Insulin Receptorwith substrates and test compounds. The reaction was incubated at roomtemperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μl of 35 mM EDTA toeach sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on the Caliper LabChip3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrate andphosphorylated product Inhibition data were calculated by comparison tono enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays is ATP, 25 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; Insulin Receptor, 14 nM; andDMSO, 1.6%. Dose response curves were generated to determine theconcentration required inhibiting 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀).Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) andevaluated at eleven concentrations, each in duplicate. IC₅₀ values werederived by non-linear regression analysis.

F. JAK2

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated peptide FL-JAK2 substrate and ATP) and test compoundsin assay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.2, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35, 25 mMβ-glycerolphosphate and 4 mM DTT). The reaction was initiated by thecombination of activated JAK2 with substrates and test compounds. Thereaction was incubated at room temperature for 60 min. and terminated byadding 30 μl of 35 mM EDTA to each sample. The reaction mixture wasanalyzed on the Caliper LabChip 3000 (Caliper, Hopkinton, Mass.) byelectrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrate andphosphorylated product. Inhibition data were calculated by comparison tono enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays is ATP, 30 μM; FL-JAK2 peptide, 1.5 μM; His-CDK5/p25, 2.6 nM; andDMSO, 1.6%.

G. LCK Kinase Assay

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated LCK substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MnCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of LCK withsubstrates and test compounds. The reaction was incubated at roomtemperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μl of 35 mM EDTA toeach sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on the Caliper LabChip3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrate andphosphorylated product. Inhibition data were calculated by comparison tono enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays is ATP, 3 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; Lck, 1 nM; and DMSO, 1.6%. Doseresponse curves were generated to determine the concentration requiredinhibiting 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀). Compounds were dissolved at 10mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and evaluated at eleven concentrations,each in duplicate. IC₅₀ values were derived by non-linear regressionanalysis.

H. MapKapK2

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated MK2 substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of MapKapK2 withsubstrates and test compounds. The reaction was incubated at roomtemperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μl of 35 mM EDTA toeach sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on the Caliper LabChip3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrate andphosphorylated product. Inhibition data were calculated by comparison tono enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays are ATP, 1 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; MapKapK2, 0.08 nM; Brij35,0.015% and DMSO, 1.6%. Dose response curves were generated to determinethe concentration required inhibiting 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀).Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) andevaluated at eleven concentrations, each in duplicate. IC₅₀ values werederived by non-linear regression analysis.

I. Met Kinase Assay

Kinase reactions consisted of 0.75 ng of baculovirus expressed GST-Met,3 ug poly(Glu/Tyr) (Sigma), 0.12 μCi 33P γ-ATP, 1 μM ATP in 30 μl kinasebuffer (20 mm TRIS-C1, 5 mM MnCl₂, 0.1 mg/ml BSA, 0.5 mM DTT). Reactionswere incubated for 1 h at 30° C. and stopped by the addition of coldtrichloroacetic acid (TCA) to a final concentration 8%. TCA precipitateswere collected onto GF/C unifilter plates using a Filtermate universalharvester and the filters were quantitated using a TopCount 96-wellliquid scintillation counter. Dose response curves were generated todetermine the concentration required to inhibit 50% of kinase activity(IC₅₀). Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO)and evaluated at seven concentrations, each in triplicate.

J. p38alpha Assay

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated P38a substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.2, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of activatedp38alpha with substrates and test compounds. The reaction was incubatedat room temperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μl of 35 mMEDTA to each sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on the CaliperLabChip 3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrateand phosphorylated product Inhibition data were calculated by comparisonto no enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays is ATP, 20 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; p38alpha, 6 nM; and DMSO,1.6%.

K. p38beta Assay

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated P38b substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.2, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of activated p38betawith substrates and test compounds. The reaction was incubated at roomtemperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μl of 35 mM EDTA toeach sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on the Caliper LabChip3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrate andphosphorylated product. Inhibition data were calculated by comparison tono enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays are ATP, 20 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; p38beta, 1 nM; and DMSO,1.6%.

L. Protein Kinase A

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated PKA substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of Protein kinase Awith substrates and test compounds. The reaction was incubated at roomtemperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μl of 35 mM EDTA toeach sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on the Caliper LabChip3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescent substrate andphosphorylated product Inhibition data were calculated by comparison tono enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition and vehicle-onlyreactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration of reagents in theassays is ATP, 20 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM, Protein kinase A 1 nM, andDMSO, 1.6%. Dose response curves were generated to determine theconcentration required inhibiting 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀).Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) andevaluated at eleven concentrations, each in duplicate. IC₅₀ values werederived by non-linear regression analysis.

M. Protein Kinase C-alpha

The assays were performed in U-bottom 384-well plates. The final assayvolume was 30 μl prepared from 15 μl additions of enzyme and substrates(fluoresceinated PKCa substrate peptide and ATP) and test compounds inassay buffer (100 mM HEPES pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl₂, 0.015% Brij35 and 4 mMDTT). The reaction was initiated by the combination of Protein kinaseC-alpha with lipids, substrates and test compounds. The reaction wasincubated at room temperature for 60 min. and terminated by adding 30 μlof 35 mM EDTA to each sample. The reaction mixture was analyzed on theCaliper LabChip 3000 by electrophoretic separation of the fluorescentsubstrate and phosphorylated product. Inhibition data were calculated bycomparison to no enzyme control reactions for 100% inhibition andvehicle-only reactions for 0% inhibition. The final concentration ofreagents in the assays is ATP, 1 μM; FL-peptide, 1.5 μM; Protein kinaseC-alpha, 1 nM; and DMSO, 1.6%. Dose response curves were generated todetermine the concentration required inhibiting 50% of kinase activity(IC₅₀). Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO)and evaluated at eleven concentrations, each in duplicate. IC₅₀ valueswere derived by non-linear regression analysis.

N. TrkA Kinase Assay

Kinase reactions consisted of 0.12 ng of baculovirus expressed His-TrkA,3 ug poly(Glu/Tyr) (Sigma), 0.24 μCi 33P γ-ATP, 30 μM ATP in 30 μlkinase buffer (20 mm MOPS, 10 mM MgCl₂, 1 mM EDTA, 0.015% Brij-35, 0.1mg/ml BSA, 0.0025% Beta-Mercaptoethanol). Reactions were incubated for 1h at 30° C. and stopped by the addition of cold trichloroacetic acid(TCA) to a final concentration 8%. TCA precipitates were collected ontoGF/C unifilter plates using a Filtermate universal harvester and thefilters were quantitated using a TopCount 96-well liquid scintillationcounter. Dose response curves were generated to determine theconcentration required to inhibit 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀).Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) andevaluated at seven concentrations, each in triplicate.

O. TrkB Kinase Assay

Kinase reactions consisted of 0.75 ng of baculovirus expressed His-TrkB,3 ug poly(Glu/Tyr) (Sigma), 0.24 μCi 33P γ-ATP, 30 μM ATP in 30 μlkinase buffer (20 mm MOPS, 10 mM MgCl₂, 1 mM EDTA, 0.015% Brij-35, 0.1mg/ml BSA, 0.0025% Beta-Mercaptoethanol). Reactions were incubated for 1h at 30° C. and stopped by the addition of cold trichloroacetic acid(TCA) to a final concentration 8%. TCA precipitates were collected ontoGF/C unifilter plates using a Filtermate universal harvester and thefilters were quantitated using a TopCount 96-well liquid scintillationcounter. Dose response curves were generated to determine theconcentration required to inhibit 50% of kinase activity (IC₅₀).Compounds were dissolved at 10 mM in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) andevaluated at seven concentrations, each in triplicate.

P. IGF-1R Sal Tumor Model

A salivary gland adenocarcinoma that developed spontaneously in atransgenic mouse (MCI-19) was excised and cut into fragments of about 20mg. Tumor fragments were implanted s.c. into the ventral thoracic regionof a group of six female, athymic BALB/c nu/nu mice (HarleySprague-Dawley, Indianapolis, Ind.), using a 13-gauge trocar. Onceestablished, the salivary gland-derived tumor line was designated IGF1R-Sal and was propagated as a tumor xenograft in nude mice. Tumors werepassaged every 2 weeks, at which time the tumor reached f500 to 1,000mm3 in size. For treatment studies, nude micebearing IGF1R-Sal tumors ofabout 100 mm3 in size were sorted into groups of five for treatment withvehicle (80% polyethylene glycol 400 in water) alone or the testarticle. Compounds were administered either on a bid schedule (oraldoses 8 hours apart) or on a once a day schedule orally (qd) for 4consecutive days. Tumors were measured at the start and end oftreatment. Activity was measured as % tumor growth inhibition (% TGI).The % TGI was determined using the following formula(C_(t)−T_(t))/(C_(t)−C_(o)) where C_(t) is defined as the median tumorsize of the control group at the end of treatment, C_(o) is defined asthe median tumor size of the control group at the start of treatment,and T_(t) is defined as the median tumor size of the treated group atthe end of treatment.

Compounds described herein were tested in the above assay. The followingresults were obtained.

TABLE II In vivo efficacy in IGF-1R Sal tumor model Example IGF-1R Sal %TGI Dose (mpk) Schedule 3  80% 6.25 qd 68  76% 25 bid 85  76% 25 bid 104112% 25 bid 107 107% 25 bid 110 114% 25 bid 111  80% 25 bid 135  25% 25bid 194  52% 25 bid 198 124% 25 bid 206 111% 50 qd 211  55% 50 qd 213116% 50 qd 216  0% 25 bid 217  0% 25 bid 219 117% 50 qd 227 115% 50 qd236 113% 25 bid 243  21% 50 qd 245 112% 50 qd 254 114% 25 qd 255 112% 25qd 256 119% 50 qd 259 118% 50 qd 287 119% 50 qd 288 103% 50 qd 293  46%50 qd 318 100% 50 qd

Methods of Preparation

In general, the compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared in accordancewith Scheme I and the general knowledge of one skilled in the art.Tautomers and solvates (e.g., hydrates) of the compounds of Formula (I)are also within the scope of the invention. Methods of solvation aregenerally known in the art. Accordingly, the compounds of the instantinvention can be in the free or hydrate form, and can be obtained bymethods exemplified in the following Schemes.

Step 1

Compound II can be prepared by heating a mixture of the appropriatelysubstituted 1-amino-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide with a reagent, such as,for example, ethyl chloroformate and an appropriate base, such as, forexample, pyridine in a solvent, such as, for example, dioxane. Theresulting pyrrolotriazine-2,4-dione II can then be heated with ahalogenating agent, such as, for example, phosphorus oxychloride (X═Cl)or phosphorus oxybromide (X═Br) in the presence of a base, such as forexample, diisopropylethylamine to give compound III.

Step 2

Compound V is produced by treating compound III with an appropriatelysubstituted amino compound IV in the presence of a base, such as, forexample, diisopropylethylamine in a solvent, such as, for example,isopropyl alcohol. Alternatively, transition metal catalyzed methods forintroduction of the amino compound IV could also be envisioned.

Step 3

Compound VII is obtained by heating compound V with an appropriatelyfunctionalized proline VI and bases, such as, for example aqueous sodiumhydroxide or potassium tertiary butoxide in organic solvents such as,for example, dioxane or N-methylpyrrolidinone at elevated temperaturesor in a microwave reactor. Alternatively, transition metal catalyzedmethods for introduction of the amino compound VI could also beenvisioned in combination with heat.

Step 4

Compound I is obtained by coupling acid VII with an amine VIII usingreagents that form amide bonds such as, for example,(benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate anda base, such as, for example, diisopropylethylamine in a solvent suchas, for example, dimethylformamide. Another method involves treatingcompound VII with two or more equivalents of an acid chloride such as,for example, pivaloyl chloride in the presence of two or moreequivalents of a base such as diisopropylethylamine in a solvent such asN-methylpyrrolidinone to generate a mixture of intermediates that willreact with the alkali metal salt of an aryl or hetereoaryl amine to givecompound I. The latter alkali metal salt can be generated by reaction ofan aryl or heteroaryl amine and an alkyl metal such as, for example,methyl or isopropyl magnesium chloride. A third method, consists ofconverting the acid to an alkyl ester and reacting said ester withalkali metal salt of an aryl or hetereoaryl amine to give compound I. Inthose examples where R₆ is a hydroxyl group capable of forming a lactonewith the acid carbonyl, such a lactone could be formed using any numberof reagents known in the art to promote lactonization, such as1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride. Thislactone could then be converted to a hydroxylamide by reacting thelactone with alkali metal salt of an aryl or hetereoaryl amine to givecompound I. Other amide bond forming reactions could be used and arewell know in the art, see for example: “Principles of PeptideSynthesis,” M. Bodanszky, 2^(nd) Edition, Springer-Verlag, 1993 andS.-Y. Han and Y.-A. Kim, Tetrahedron, 2004, volume 60, page 2447.

Compound I (V of Scheme 1) is heated directly with the substitutedpyrrolidine carboxamide II of Scheme 2 to give compound III (I of Scheme1). Alternatively, transition metal catalyzed methods for introductionof the amino compound II could also be envisioned in combination withheat.

Step 1

A compound III of Scheme 1, wherein R¹ is H, can be converted to thealdehyde II of Scheme 3 by heating with a Vilsmeier reagent, such asthat generated from dimethylformamide and phosphorous oxychloride,followed by hydrolysis.

Step 2

Compound II of Scheme 3 is converted to compound IV by reaction with anappropriately substituted amino derivative III in the presence of abase, such as, for example, diisopropylethylamine in a solvent, such as,for example, isopropyl alcohol.

Step 3

Compound IV is reacted with an amino compound V in the presence of areducing agent such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride and a catalyst suchas acetic acid in a solvent such as 1,2-dichloroethane to give compoundVI of Scheme 3.

Step 4

Compound VI is converted into compound VII using procedures analogous tothose described in Scheme 1 or 2.

Step 1

A compound III of Scheme 1 wherein Q¹R⁴ is a 5-pyrazolecarboxylic acidis converted to the 5-pyrazolecarboxamide III of Scheme 4 by treatmentwith amine II and reagents such as, for example, 1-hydroxybenzotriazolehydrate and 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimidehydrochloride (EDCI) and a base, such as, for example,diisopropylethylamine in a solvent such as, for example,dimethylformamide or 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP). Other amide bondforming reagents could be used and are well know in the art, see forexample: “Principles of Peptide Synthesis,” M. Bodanszky, 2^(nd)Edition, Springer-Verlag, 1993 and S.-Y. Han and Y.-A. Kim, Tetrahedron,2004, volume 60, page 2447.

Step 2

Compound III of Scheme 4 is converted to compound IV using proceduresanalogous to those described in Scheme 1 or 2.

Examples

The invention is further defined in the following Examples. It should beunderstood that these Examples are given by way of illustration only.From the above discussion and this Example, one skilled in the art canascertain the essential characteristics of this invention, and withoutdeparting from the spirit and scope thereof, can make various changesand modifications to the invention to adapt the invention to varioususes and conditions. As a result, the invention is not limited by theillustrative examples set forth hereinbelow, but rather defined by theclaims appended hereto.

All temperatures are in degrees Celsius (° C.) unless indicatedotherwise herein.

All reactions were carried out with continuous magnetic stirring underan atmosphere of dry nitrogen or argon. All evaporations andconcentrations were carried out on a rotary evaporator under reducedpressure. Commercial reagents were used as received without additionalpurification. Solvents were commercial anhydrous grades and were usedwithout further drying or purification. Flash chromatography wasperformed using silica gel (EMerck Kieselgel 60, 0.040-0.060 mm) orusing a Biotage Horizon™HPFC™ system.

The following abbreviations are employed herein: HCl: hydrochloric acid,TFA: trifluoroacetic acid, CH₃CN: acetonitrile, MeOH: methanol, MgSO₄:magnesium sulfate, NaHCO₃: sodium bicarbonate, DMA: dimethylamine,Cs₂CO₃: cesium carbonate, POCl₃: phosphorous oxychloride, EtOH: ethanol,CH₂Cl₂: dichloromethane, NMP: 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, DMF:N,N-dimethylformamide, Bn: benzyl, Me: methyl, Et: ethyl, min.:minute(s), h or hr(s): hour(s), L: liter, mL: milliliter, μL:microliter, g: gram(s), mg: milligram(s), mol.: moles, mmol;millimole(s), meq.: milliequivalent, RT or rt: room temperature, ret.t.: HPLC retention time (minutes), sat or sat'd: saturated, aq.:aqueous, TLC: thin layer chromatography, HPLC: high performance liquidchromatography, RP HPLC: reverse phase HPLC, Prep HPLC: preparativereverse phase HPLC, LC/MS: high performance liquid chromatography/massspectrometry, MS: mass spectrometry, NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance,and mp: melting point.

Compounds with an epimerizable hydrogen at the C-2 position of theproline ring were obtained as a mixture of enantiomers that could beseparated using chiral super critical fluid chromatography.

HPLC Conditions for Examples 1 to 103:

Unless otherwise indicated herein, Analytical Reverse Phase HPLCretention times (Ret Time) were obtained using a Phenomenex S10 column3.0×50 mm with a 4 mL/min flow rate and 2 min. linear gradient elutionstarting with 100% solvent A (10% MeOH, 90% H₂O, 0.1% TFA) and 0%solvent B, and ended with 100% solvent B (90% MeOH, 10% H₂O, 0.1% TFA)and 0% solvent A). UV detection was conducted at 220 nm.

Preparative Reverse Phase (RP)HPLC was performed with a linear gradientelution using H₂O/MeOH mixtures buffered with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acidand detection at 220 nm or 254 nm on one of the following columns:Shimadzu S5 ODS-VP 20×100 mm (flow rate=9 mL/min), or YMC S10 ODS 50×500mm (flow rate=50 mL/min), or YMC S10 ODS 30×500 mm (flow rate=20mL/min).

All final products were characterized by ¹H NMR, COSY NMR, RP HPLC,electrospray ionization (ESI MS) or atmospheric pressure ionization (APIMS) mass spectrometry. ¹H NMR spectra were obtained on either a 500, 400or 300 MHz Bruker instrument. ¹³C NMR spectra were recorded at 100 or125 MHz. Field strengths are expressed in units of δ (parts per million,ppm) relative to the solvent peaks, and peak multiplicities aredesignated as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; dd, doublet of doublets;dm, doublet of multiplets; t, triplet; q, quartet; br s, broad singlet;m, multiplet.

Example 1(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

1A. Pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine-2,4(1H,3H)-dione

Ethyl chloroformate (4.9 ml, 51 mmole) was added dropwise to a stirredmixture of 1-amino-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide (5.85 gm, 46.7 mmole,Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 1994, 31, 781) and dry pyridine (4.2mL, 51 mmole) in dry dioxane (48 mL) under N₂ at RT. This was heated atreflux for 1 hr and then the solvent was removed. The residue was heatedat 155° C. for 17 hr and then allowed to cool to RT. This was trituratedwith methanol and the solid was collected by filtration and washed withcold methanol to give the product, 4.43 gm (63% yield): MS: 152 (M+H)⁺;HPLC Ret Time: 0.36 min (YMC Xterra S7 3.0×50 mm column, 2 min gradient,5 mL/min).

1B. 2,4-Dichloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazine

A mixture of 1A (4.7 gm, 31.1 mmole), phosphorous oxychloride (8.81 mL,3 equiv), and diisopropylethylamine (10.8 mL, 2 equiv) in toluene in apressure vessel was heated at 125° C. for 24 hr. After cooling to RT,the reaction was poured into an ice-cooled saturated aqueous solution ofNaHCO₃ with stirring. After 10 min, the aqueous phase was separated andwashed with DCM (3×200 mL). The combined organic phases were washed withbrine, dried (Na₂SO₄), and the solvent removed. Silica gel columnchromatography (elution with DCM) afforded the product as a solid, 4.25gm (81% yield): MS: 187.9 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.63 min (YMC XterraS5, 4.6×50 mm column, 2 min gradient, 5 mL/min).

1C.2-Chloro-N-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

A mixture of 1B (977 mg, 5.2 mmole), 5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine(640 mg, 1 equiv), and diisopropylethylamine (1.54 mL, 1.7 equiv) inisopropyl alcohol (5 mL) was stirred at RT overnight. The product wascollected by filtration (1.18 gm, 83% yield): MS: 275 (M+H)⁺; HPLC RetTime: 1.56 min.

1D.(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of 1C (1.38 gm, 5.0 mmole), diisopropylethylamine (0.87 mL,5.0 mmole) and S-proline (2.88 gm, 25 mmole, dissolved in an aqueoussolution of NaOH (5 mL, 5.0 N, 25 mmole)) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) washeated in a microwave reactor (Smith Synthesizer by Personal Chemistry)at 150° C. for 4 hr. After cooling to room temperature, the organicphase was separated, diluted with ethyl acetate, and washed with water.The combined aqueous phases were washed with ethyl acetate and thenacidified with 1.0 N aqueous HCl solution to give a precipitate. Thiswas collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried under vacuumover phosphorus pentoxide to give 1.66 gm (94% yield) of the product:MS: 354 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.52 min.

1E.

(Benzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate(PyBOP) (52 mg, 0.10 mmole) was added to a stirred solution ofdiisopropylethylamine (0.47 mL, 0.27 mmole), 1D (35 mg, 0.10 mmole) andtetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-amine (21 mg, 0.20 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide(0.15 mL). The reaction was stirred overnight and the product wasseparated by preparative HPLC of the crude reaction mixture. The HPLCfractions that contained the product were applied onto a cartridge ofPhenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washedwith methanol and the product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammoniain methanol. Removal of the solvents left 1, 23 mg (53% yield): MS: 437(M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.43 min.

Example 2(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Diisopropylethylamine (0.118 mL, 0.675 mmole) was added to a stirredmixture of 1D (100 mg, 0.25 mmole), aniline (47 mg, 0.50 mmole) andPyBOP (130 mg, 0.25 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide (0.30 mL). Thereaction was stirred overnight and the product was separated bypreparative HPLC of the crude reaction mixture. The HPLC fractions thatcontained the product were applied onto a cartridge of PhenomenexStrata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washed withmethanol and the product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia inmethanol. Removal of the solvents left 2, 45 mg (42% yield): MS: 429(M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.57 min.

Example 3(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of 1C (45 mg, 0.164 mmole) and(S)-N-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide (135 mg, 1.06 mmole) was heated ina sealed tube for 3 hr at 130° C. After cooling this was dissolved inmethanol and the product was separated by preparative HPLC. The HPLCfractions that contained the product were applied onto a cartridge ofPhenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washedwith methanol and the product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammoniain methanol. Removal of the solvents left 3 (34 mg, 57% yield): MS: 367(M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.35 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 3.0×50 mm column, 2min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Examples 4 to 37

Table 1 contains Examples 4 to 37 which were prepared using proceduresdescribed above in Examples 1 to 3.

TABLE 1 HPLC Ret Time Example Compound (min.) (M + H)⁺ 4

1.45 354 5

1.34 353 6

1.31 353 7

1.39 381 8

1.60 429 9

1.53 443 10

1.53 443 11

1.73 463 12

1.76 463 13

1.63 421 14

1.70 435 15

1.62 409 16

1.67 423 17

1.81 463 18

1.64 443 19

1.69 443 20

1.43 472 21

1.57 486 22

1.74 475 23

1.75 501 24

1.67 443 25

1.62 447 26

1.98 508 27

1.53 436 29

1.59 450 30

1.48 430 31

1.49 448 32

1.29 450 33

1.31 478 34

1.38 451 35

1.42 451 36

1.46 462 37

1.47 462

Example 38(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

PyBOP (52 mg, 0.10 mmole) was added to a stirred solution ofdiisopropylethylamine (0.047 mL, 0.27 mmole), 1D (35 mg, 0.10 mmole) andten-butyl 4-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate (40 mg, 0.20 mmole) in drydimethylformamide (0.15 mL). The reaction was stirred overnight and theproduct was separated by preparative HPLC of the crude reaction mixture.The HPLC fractions that contained the product were applied onto acartridge of Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. Thiswas washed with methanol and the product was eluted with a 2 N solutionof ammonia in methanol. Removal of the solvents left (S)-tert-butyl4-(1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-5-carboxamido)piperidine-1-carboxylate:MS: 536 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.72 min. It was treated with a mixtureof dichloromethane (1 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) for 1.5 hrat 0° C. The solvents were removed and the product was isolated bypreparative HPLC. The HPLC fractions that contained the product wereapplied onto a cartridge of Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cationmixed-mode polymer. This was washed with methanol and the product waseluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol. Removal of thesolvents left the product, 9.7 mg (22% yield): MS: 436 (M+H)⁺; HPLC RetTime: 1.27 min.

Examples 39 to 60

Table 2 contains Examples 39 to 60 which were prepared using theprocedure described in Example 38.

TABLE 2 HPLC Example Compound ret. t. (min.) (M + H) 39

1.42 450 40

1.32 450 41

1.21 422 42

1.18 422 43

1.24 436 44

1.26 422 45

1.26 422 46

1.15 436 47

1.26 436 48

1.24 396 49

1.24 408 50

1.29 436 51

1.45 436 52

1.33 450 53

1.36 450 54

1.29 436 55

1.33 436 56

1.35 436 57

1.33 422 58

1.30 408 59

1.55 436 60

1.27 422

Example 61(S)-1-(4-(5-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

61A.N-(5-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-2-chloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

The compound was prepared from 5-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine and 1B asdescribed for 1C: MS: 291 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 2.61 min(Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×30 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

61B.(S)-1-(4-(5-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

The compound was prepared from (S)-proline and 61A as described for 1D:MS: 370 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 2.34 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×30 mmcolumn, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

PyBOP (371 mg, 0.10 mmole) was added to a stirred solution of 61B (0.25gm, 0.68 mmole), (R)-tert-butyl piperidin-3-ylcarbamate (0.27 gm, 1.35mmole). and diisopropylethylamine (0.32 mL, 1.8 mmole) in drydimethylformamide (1.5 mL). at 0° C. After 30 min, the reaction wasdiluted with methanol, and the product was separated by preparative HPLCof the crude reaction mixture. The solvent was removed from the HPLCfractions that contained (R)-tert-butyl3-((S)-1-(4-(5-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-5-carboxamido)piperidine-1-carboxylateand the residue was treated with a 5.0 N solution of HCl in methanol for1 hr at room temperature. After preparative HPLC, the fractionscontaining the deprotected product were applied onto a cartridge ofPhenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer and flushed withmethanol. Elution with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol, followedby removal of the solvents left 61 (175 mg, 57% yield): MS: 452 (M+H)⁺;HPLC Ret Time: 2.35 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 3 mingradient, 4 mL/min).

Examples 62 to 67

Table 3 contains Examples 62 to 67 which were prepared using theprocedure described in Example 61.

TABLE 3 HPLC Example Compound ret. t. (min.) (M + H)⁺ 62

2.47^(a) 235 63

1.64^(a) 314 64

1.30^(a) 396 65

2.92^(a) 301 66

2.28^(a) 380 67

1.84^(a) 462 ^(a)Phenomenex-luna S10 4.6 × 30 mm column; 3 min gradient@ 4 mL/min

Example 68((S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

68A.(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A solution of 1(S)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (94 mg, 0.732mmol) and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (0.73 mL, 4 equiv, 1.0 M in MeOH)in a vial was placed under high vacuum to remove MeOH. 1C (50 mg, 0.183mmole) and potassium carbonate (25 mg, 1 equiv) were added and the vialwas sealed and heated at 160° C. for 2.5 days. After cooling, thereaction was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organicphase was washed with water and the pH of the combined aqueous phaseswas adjusted to 3 with aq. 6.0 N HCl. This gave a precipitate that wascollected by filtration, washed with water and dried. The acid 68A wasobtained as a solid, 34 mg (51% yield): MS: 368 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time:2.50 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4mL/min).

Diisopropylethylamine (1.2 mL, 6.8 mmole) was added to a stirred mixtureof 68A (500 mg, 1.36 mmol), 3-amino-pyridine (640 mg, 6.8 mmole), andHATU (776 mg, 2.04 mmole) in dry NMP (6 mL) at RT. The mixture washeated at 45° C. for 18 hrs. Another 776 mg HATU and 1.2 mldiisopropylethylamine was added. The mixture was heated at 60° C. for 48hrs. The crude mixture was diluted with methanol and the product wasisolated by preperative HPLC. The fractions that contained the productwere applied onto a MCX cartridge and then flushed with methanol. Thefree base product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanoland removal of the solvents left product (82 mg, 14% yield): MS: 444(M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, δ) 8.64 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 8.20 (dd, 1H, J=1.2,4.9 Hz), 7.91 (m, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H, J=1.5, 2.4 Hz), 7.32 (dd, 1H,J=4.9, 8.4 Hz), 6.83 (dd, 1H, J=1.5, 4.3 Hz), 6.50 (dd, 1H, J=2.5, 4.3Hz), 6.14 (br, 1H), 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.72 (dt, 1H, J=10.7, 7.0 Hz), 2.48(dt, 1H, J=11.5, 6.8 Hz), 2.18-2.04 (m, 3H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.74 (s, 3H),0.89 (m, 2H), 0.74 (m, 1H), 0.69 (m, 1H).

Example 69(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Diisopropylethylamine (0.040 mL, 0.26 mmole) was added to a stirredmixture of 68A (70 mg, 0.19 mmol), (R)-tert-butyl3-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate (38 mg, 0.19 mmole), and HATU (79 mg,0.21 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide (2 mL) at RT. After 20 hr, this wasdiluted with a 1:1 mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane, washed withwater (3 times) and dried (Na₂SO₄). Removal of the solvents followed byradial chromatography (silica gel plate eluted with mixtures of hexanecontaining 50 and then 75% hexane) afforded (R)-tert-butyl3-((S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamido)piperidine-1-carboxylateas an oil (41 mg, 48% yield): MS: 550 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 2.72 min(Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min) Thiswas treated with a 1:1 mixture (4 mL) of trifluoroacetic acid anddichloromethane at room temperature for 0.5 hr. The solvents wereremoved and the residue was dissolved in methanol and the product wasisolated by preperative HPLC. The fractions that contained the productwere applied onto a cartridge of Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cationmixed-mode polymer and then flushed with methanol. The free base of the69 was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol and removal ofthe solvents left 69 (18 mg, 54% yield): MS: 452 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time:2.35 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4mL/min).

Example 70(S)-2-methyl-1-(4-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

70A. 2-Chloro-N-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4

This was prepared from 1B and 5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine as describedfor 1C: MS: 249 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 2.04 min (Phenomenex-Luna S104.6×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

70B.(S)-2-methyl-1-(4-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

This was prepared from 70A and 1(S)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid according to the procedure described for 68A: MS: 341 (M+H)⁺; HPLCRet Time: 2.00 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×30 mm column, 3 mingradient, 4 mL/min).

Compound 70 was prepared from 70B and (R)-tert-butyl3-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate according to the procedure described for69: MS: 425 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.68 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Example 71(S)-1-(4-(5-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

71A.(S)-1-(4-(5-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

Compound 71A was prepared from 61A and1(S)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid according to the proceduredescribed for 68A: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-D4) δ 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.70 (s,3H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.76 (m, 2H), 6.46 (br s,1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 7.35 (br s, 1H).

Compound 71 was prepared from 71A and (R)-tert-butyl3-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate according to the procedure described for69: MS: 466 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 2.33 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Examples 72 to 87

Examples 72 to 87 are outlined in Table 4 and were prepared usingprocedures that are described above in Examples 68 to 71.

TABLE 4 HPLC Example Compound ret. t. (min.) (M + H)⁺ 72

1.99^(a) 422 73

2.00^(a) 410 74

2.04^(a) 436 75

2.01^(a) 436 76

2.01^(a) 450 77

2.31^(a) 436 78

1.71 464 79

1.71 464 80

2.31^(a) 436 81

2.29^(a) 436 82

2.05^(a) 450 83

1.99^(a) 422 84

2.39^(a) 424 85

1.82^(a) 418 86

2.25^(a) 460 87

2.74^(a) 466 ^(a)Phenomenex-luna S10 4.6 × 30 mm column; 3 min gradient@ 4 mL/min.

Example 88(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((1s,4R)-4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethylamino)cyclohexyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of(S)-N-((1,4-cis)-4-aminocyclohexyl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide39 (9.6 mg, 0.021 mmole), methylvinylsulfone (6.0 mg, 0.057 mmole). inmethanol (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The productwas isolated by preparative HPLC of the reaction mixture. The fractionscontaining the product were applied onto a cartridge of PhenomenexStrata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washed withmethanol and 88 was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol.Removal of the solvents left 88 (4.5 mg, 38% yield): MS: 556 (M+H)⁺;HPLC Ret Time: 1.28 min.

Example 89(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-cyclopropylpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide54 (88 mg, 0.20 mmole), (1-ethoxycyclopropoxy)trimethylsilane (0.140 mL,0.80 mmole) sodium cyanoborohydride (0.50 mL, 1.0 N in tetrahydrofuran,0.50 mmole) and acetic acid (0.36 mL, 10% in methanol, 0.60 mmole) inmethanol (3.0 mL) was heated at 55° C. overnight. The product wasisolated by preparative HPLC of the reaction mixture. The solvents wereremoved from the desired fractions and the residue was dissolved inmethanol and applied onto a cartridge of Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 umcation mixed-mode polymer. This was washed with methanol and 89 waseluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol. Removal of thesolvents left 89 (60 mg, 62% yield): MS: 476 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.29min.

Example 90(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide54 (20 mg, 0.046 mmole), formaldehyde (0.016 mL, 37 weight % solution inwater), acetic acid (0.070 mL, 10% solution in methanol, 0.14 mmole) andsodium cyanoborohydride (0.15 mL, 1.0 N in tetrahydrofuran, 0.12 mmole)in methanol (0.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. Theproduct was isolated by preparative HPLC of the reaction mixture and thesolvents were removed from the desired fractions. The residue wasdissolved in methanol and applied onto a cartridge of PhenomenexStrata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washed withmethanol and 90 was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol.Removal of the solvents left 90 (17 mg, 84% yield): MS: 450 (M+H)⁺; HPLCRet Time: 1.25 min.

Example 91(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((1S,4R)-4-(cyclopropylmethylamino)cyclohexyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of(S)-N-((1,4-cis)-4-aminocyclohexyl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide39 (9.0 mg, 0.020 mmole), cyclopropanecarboxaldehyde (0.005 mL, 0.067mmole), acetic acid (0.024 mL, 10% solution in methanol, 0.040 mmole)and sodium cyanoborohydride (0.040 mL, 1.0 N in tetrahydrofuran, 0.040mmole) in methanol (0.3 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight.The product was isolated by preparative HPLC of the reaction mixture andthe solvents were removed from the desired fractions. The residue wasdissolved in methanol and applied onto a cartridge of PhenomenexStrata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washed withmethanol and 91 was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol.Removal of the solvents left 91 (6.2 mg, 49% yield): MS: 504 (M+H)⁺;HPLC Ret Time: 1.33 min.

Example 92(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yDpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide54 (65.0 mg, 0.15 mmole), tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (0.030 mL, 0.30mmole), acetic acid (0.18 mL, 10% solution in methanol, 0.30 mmole) andsodium cyanoborohydride (0.38 mL, 1.0 N in tetrahydrofuran, 0.38 mmole)in methanol (1.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Theproduct was isolated by preparative HPLC of the reaction mixture and thesolvents were removed from the desired fractions. The residue wasdissolved in methanol and applied onto a cartridge of PhenomenexStrata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washed withmethanol and 92 was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol.Removal of the solvents left 92 (51 mg, 66% yield): MS: 520 (M+H)⁺; HPLCRet Time: 1.55 min.

Example 93(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R-1-(2-methoxyethyl)piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide54 (44.0 mg, 0.10 mmole), 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (0.028 mL, 0.29mmole) and diisopropylethylamine (0.052 mL, 0.30 mmole) in methanol (1.0mL) was heated at 80° C. overnight. The product was isolated bypreparative HPLC of the reaction mixture and the solvents were removedfrom the desired fractions. The residue was dissolved in methanol andapplied onto a cartridge of Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cationmixed-mode polymer. This was washed with methanol and 93 was eluted witha 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol. Removal of the solvents left 93(28 mg, 57% yield): MS: 494 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time 1.42 min.

Example 94(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide54 (22.0 mg, 0.051 mmole), (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-phenyliodoniumtriflate (22 mg, 0.051 mmole, Tetrahedron Letters, 1994, volume 35, page8015) and 2,4,6-collidine (0.018 mL, 0.15 mmole) in dry dichloromethane(0.5 mL) under a dry nitrogen atmosphere was left stirring at roomtemperature for 30 min. The solvent was removed. The residue wasdissolved in methanol and the product was isolated by preparative HPLC.After removal of the solvents from the desired fractions, the residuewas dissolved in methanol and applied onto a cartridge of PhenomenexStrata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washed withmethanol and 94 was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol.Removal of the solvents left 94 (5 mg, 18% yield): MS: 518 (M+H)⁺; HPLCRet Time: 1.50 min.

Example 95 (R)-methyl3-((S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-5-carboxamido)piperidine-1-carboxylate

A mixture of(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide54 (44.0 mg, 0.10 mmole), methylchloroformate (0.014 mL, 0.15 mmole) anddiisopropylethylamine (0.035 mL, 0.20 mmole) in methanol (1.0 mL) wasleft stirring at room temperature overnight. The product was isolated bypreparative HPLC. After removal of the solvents from the desiredfractions, the residue was dissolved in methanol and applied onto acartridge of Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. Thiswas washed with methanol and 95 was eluted with a 2 N solution ofammonia in methanol. Removal of the solvents left 95 (34 mg, 68% yield):MS: 494 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.62 min.

Example 96(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R-1-(2-methoxyacetyl)piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide54 (31.0 mg, 0.07 mmole) and triethylamine (0.020 mL, 0.14 mmole) inmethanol (1.0 mL) was cooled in an icebath and 2-methoxyacetyl chloride(0.070 mL, 10% solution in dry methylene chloride, 0.08 mmole) was addeddropwise with stirring. After 1 hr, the product was isolated bypreparative HPLC. After removal of the solvents from the desiredfractions, the residue was dissolved in methanol and applied onto acartridge of Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. Thiswas flushed with methanol and the free base of the 96 was eluted with a2 N solution of ammonia in methanol. Removal of the solvents left 96 (34mg, 68% yield): MS: 508 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.74 min.

Example 97(S)-N-((R)-1-(2-amino-2-methylpropanoyl)piperidin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

PyBOP (44 mg, 0.084 mmole) was added to a stirred solution of(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide54 (31.0 mg, 0.07 mmole) and diisopropylethylamine (0.033 mL, 0.19mmole) and 2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-2-methylpropanoic acid (17 mg,0.084 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide (0.30 mL). The reaction was leftstirring for 3 hr and the product was separated by preparative HPLC ofthe crude reaction mixture. The HPLC fractions that contained theproduct were applied onto a Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cationmixed-mode polymer cartridge. This was washed with methanol and theproduct was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol. Removalof the solvents left tert-butyl1-((R)-3-((S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-5-carboxamido)piperidin-1-yl)-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamatewhich was treated with a mixture of dichloromethane (1 mL) andtrifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) for 1.5 hr at 0° C. The solvents wereremoved and the product was isolated by preparative HPLC. The HPLCfractions that contained the product were applied onto a cartridge ofPhenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer. This was washedwith methanol and the product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammoniain methanol. Removal of the solvents left the product 97 (18 mg, 48%yield): MS: 493 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.46 min.

Examples 98 to 100

Table 5 contains Examples 98 to 100 which were prepared using proceduresdescribed above in Examples 88 to 97.

TABLE 5 HPLC ret. t. Example Compound (min.) (M + H)⁺ 98

1.24 527 99

1.42 521 100

1.68 514

Example 101((S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)-7-(piperazin-1-ylmethyl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

101A. 2,4-dichloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazine-7-carbaldehyde

Dry dimethylformamide (1.03 mL, 13.3 mmole) was added to an ice-cooledsolution of phosphorous oxychloride (2.47 mL, 26.6 mmole) in a vial andthe mixture was stirred until homogeneous. It was allowed to warm toroom temperature and 2,4-dichloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazine 1B (500mg, 2.66 mmole) was added and the vial was sealed and heated at 95° C.for 5 hr. After cooling to RT, the reaction was slowly poured into anice-cooled, stirred mixture of saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO₃ (75mL) and dichloromethane (25 mL). The aqueous phase was separated andextracted with additional dichloromethane. The combined organic phaseswere dried (Na₂SO₄) and the solvent removed. Radial silica gelchromatography (elution with mixtures of DCM:hexane=1:1 followed by 3:1)afforded the product as a solid (371 mg, 65% yield): ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ7.08 (d, 1H, J=5 Hz), 7.54 (d, 1H, J=5 Hz), 10.49 (s, 1H).

101B.2-Chloro-4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazine-7-carbaldehyde

A mixture of 101A (371 mg, 1.72 mmole), 5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine(139 mg, 1 equiv), and diisopropylethylamine (0.51 mL, 1.7 equiv) inisopropyl alcohol (1.7 mL) was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction wasdiluted with a mixture of dichloromethane:methanol=9:1, washed withwater and dried (Na₂SO₄). Removal of the solvents followed by radialsilica gel chromatography (step gradient elution with mixtures ofdichloromethane containing 0 to 7.5% methanol) afforded the product as asolid (279 mg, 54% yield): MS: 303 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 2.61 min(Phenomenex-Luna S10 3.0×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

101C. tert-Butyl4-((2-chloro-4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (88 mg, 0.42 mmole) was added to a stirredsuspension of 101B (97 mg, 0.32 mmole), tert-butylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (60 mg, 0.32 mmole), and acetic acid (0.024 mL,0.42 mmole) in dry dichloroethane. After 0.5 hr, the reaction wasquenched with an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (3 mL, 1.0 M). Theaqueous phase was extracted with methylene chloride and the combinedorganic phases were dried (Na₂SO₄) and the solvents removed. Radialsilica gel chromatography (step gradient elution with mixtures ofdichloromethane containing 0 to 7.5% methanol) afforded the product (105mg, 70% yield): MS: 473 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 2.27 min (Phenomenex-LunaS10 3.0×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

A mixture of tert-butyl4-((2-chloro-4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-7-yl)methyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate101C (65 mg, 0.14 mmole) and (S)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide (400 mg, 3.5mmole) was heated at 120° C. for 12 hr. Preparative HPLC of the crudereaction mixture afforded (S)-tert-butyl442-(2-carbamoylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-7-yOmethyl)piperazine-1-carboxylatewhich was treated with a mixture of dichloromethane:trifluoroaceticacid=1:1 (2 mL) for 0.5 hr. The solvents were removed and the residuewas dissolved in methanol and applied onto a Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 umcation mixed-mode polymer. This was eluted with methanol followed by a 2N solution of ammonia in methanol to give, after removal of thesolvents, the product 101 (24 mg, 39%): MS: 451 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time:1.64 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 3.0×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4mL/min).

Examples 102 to 103

Table 6 contains Examples 102 to 103 which were prepared usingprocedures described above in Example 101.

TABLE 6 HPLC Example Compound ret. t. (min.) (M + H)⁺ 102

1.18 436 103

1.14 452

Example 104(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Diisopropylethylamine (0.05 mL, 0.3 mmole) was added to a stirredmixture of 68A (40 mg, 0.11 mmol), 5-amino-2-fluoropyridine (37 mg, 0.33mmole), and HATU (50 mg, 0.132 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide (0.5 mL)at RT. The mixture was heated at 45° C. for 18 hrs. The crude mixturewas diluted with methanol and the product was isolated by preperativeHPLC. The fractions that contained the product were applied onto a MCXcartridge and then flushed with methanol. The free base product waseluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol and removal of thesolvents left product (9 mg, 18% yield): MS: 462 (M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, δ) 8.23 (d, 1H, J=1.8 Hz), 7.90 (br, 1H), 7.39(t, 1H, J˜1.8 Hz), 6.95 (dd, 1H, J=8.9, 2.8 Hz), 6.85 (dd, 1H, J=4.3,1.2 Hz), 6.50 (dd, 1H, J=4.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.20 (br s, 1H), 3.88 (m, 1H),3.72 (m, 1H), 2.47 (dt, 1H, J=12.5, 6.3 Hz), 2.20-2.03 (m, 3H), 1.79 (m,1H), 1.73 (s, 3H), 0.94-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.68 (m, 2H).

Example 105(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Diisopropylethylamine (0.095 mL, 0.55 mmole) was added to a stirredmixture of 68A (40 mg, 0.11 mmol), 2-Aminothiazole (50 mg, 0.5 mmole),and HATU (63 mg, 0.165 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide (0.5 mL) at RT.The mixture was heated at 45° C. for 40 hrs. The crude mixture wasdiluted with methanol and the product was isolated by preperative HPLC.The fractions that contained the product were applied onto a MCXcartridge and then flushed with methanol. The free base product waseluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol and removal of thesolvents left product (26.2 mg, 53% yield): MS: 450 (M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, δ) 7.37 (dd, 1H, J=1.5, 2.4 Hz), 7.33 (d, 1H,J=3.5 Hz), 7.06 (d, 1H, J=3.5 Hz), 6.79 (dd, 1H, J=1.5, 4.3 Hz), 6.46(dd, 1H, J=2.4, 4.3 Hz), 6.14 (br, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.75 (dt, 1H,J=10.4, 7.2 Hz), 2.38 (dt, 1H, J=12.5, 6.8 Hz), 2.14 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m,2H), 1.87 (tt, 1H, J=5.2, 8.4 Hz), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.0-0.8 (m, 4H).

Example 106(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Diisopropylethylamine (0.6 mL, 3.4 mmole) was added to a stirred mixtureof 68A (250 mg, 0.68 mmol), 2-amino-5-methylthiazole (388 mg, 3.4mmole), and HATU (387 mg, 1.02 mmole) in dry NMP (3 mL) at RT. Themixture was heated at 60° C. for 18 hrs. Another 387 mg HATU and 0.6 mldiisopropylethylamine was added. The mixture was heated at 60° C. for 42hrs. The crude mixture was diluted with methanol and the product wasisolated by preperative HPLC. The fractions that contained the productwere applied onto a MCX cartridge and then flushed with methanol. Thefree base product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanoland removal of the solvents left product (130.7 mg, 41% yield): MS: 464(M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, δ) 7.42 (dd, 1H, J=1.8, 2.5 Hz), 6.99 (q, 1H,J=1.0 Hz), 6.80 (dd, 1H, J=1.5, 4.3 Hz), 6.48 (dd, 1H, J=2.5, 4.3 Hz),6.13 (br, 1H), 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.75 (ddd, 1H, J=10.2, 7.3, 7.2 Hz), 2.40(m, 1H), 2.37 (d, 3H, J=1Hz) 2.19-2.02 (m, 3H), 1.91 (tt, 1H, J=8.4, 5.2Hz), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.02-0.82 (m, 4H).

Example 107(S)-N-(5-chlorothiazol-2-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Diisopropylethylamine (1.2 mL, 6.8 mmole) was added to a stirred mixtureof 68A (500 mg, 1.36 mmol), 2-amino-5-chlorolthiazole (915 mg, 6.8mmole), and HATU (774 mg, 2.04 mmole) in dry NMP (3 mL) at RT. Themixture was heated at 45° C. for 18 hrs. Another 774 mg HATU and 1.2 mldiisopropylethylamine was added. The mixture was heated at 60° C. for 42hrs. The crude mixture was diluted with methanol and the product wasisolated by preperative HPLC. The fractions that contained the productwere applied onto a MCX cartridge and then flushed with methanol. Thefree base product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanoland removal of the solvents left product (104 mg, 16% yield): MS: 484(M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, δ) 7.39 (t, 1H, J˜1.8 Hz), 7.22 (s, 1H), 6.82(dd, 1H, J=1.5, 4.3 Hz), 6.49 (dd, 1H, J=2.5, 4.3 Hz), 6.14 (br, 1H),3.91 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 2.38 (dt, 1H, J=11.9, 7.3 Hz), 2.18-2.03 (m,3H), 1.92 (tt, 1H, J=5.2, 8.5 Hz), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.05-0.81 (m, 4H).

Example 108(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(3-methylisothiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Diisopropylethylamine (0.095 mL, 0.55 mmole) was added to a stirredmixture of 68A (40 mg, 0.11 mmol), 5-amino-3-methylisothiazole HCl (50mg, 0.33 mmole), and HATU (63 mg, 0.165 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide(0.5 mL) at RT. The mixture was heated at 45° C. for 40 hrs. The crudemixture was diluted with methanol and the product was isolated bypreperative HPLC. The fractions that contained the product were appliedonto a MCX cartridge and then flushed with methanol. The free baseproduct was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol andremoval of the solvents left product (2.8 mg, 5.5% yield): MS: 464(M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, δ) 7.39 (t, 1H, J˜1.8 Hz), 6.82 (dd, 1H, J=1.5,4.3 Hz), 6.65 (s, 1H), 6.49 (dd, 1H, J=2.5, 4.3 Hz), 6.08 (br, 1H), 3.92(m, 1H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.18-2.00 (m, 3H),1.90 (m, 1H), 1.78 (s, 3H), 1.02-0.90 (m, 3H), 0.85 (m, 1H).

Example 109(S)-N-(4-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

109A.

Acid 68A (8.0 g, 21.8 mmol) were dissolved in 100 ml NMP and thesolution cooled to 0° C. Ethyl diisopropylamine (26.7 ml, 153 mmol, 7equiv.) was added, followed by pivaloyl chloride (26.7 ml, 87.1 mmol, 4equiv.). The ice bath was removed and the solution stirred at ambienttemperature for 3 hours. The reaction vessel was immersed into anice-water-bath and 200 ml sat. aq. NaHCO₃ solution were added. The icebath was removed and the reaction stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5hours, then transferred into a separating funnel loaded with water andethyl acetate. The layers were separated, the organic layer washed withsaturated aq. NaHCO₃ solution, then 0.5 M aq. citric acid solution, thenNaHCO₃, then brine. Drying over MgSO₄, filtering, concentrating in vacuogave 11.86 g crude product as an oil, which was used without furtherpurification. The major isomer can be isolated analytically pure bycrystallization from diethyl ether.

109B.

MeMgBr (3M in ether, 0.3 ml, 0.9 mmol) was added to a solution of4-chloropyridin-3-amine (142 mg, 1.1 mmol) in THF (1 ml) at RT. Themixture was stirred at RT for 5mins. A solution of pivaloate 109A (47mg, 0.11 mmol) in 0.5 ml THF was added to above mixture. After 1 hrstirring at RT, 1.5 ml of 7M NH₃ in MeOH was added and stirred for20mins. The crude mixture was diluted with methanol and the product wasisolated by preparative HPLC. The fractions that contained the productwere applied onto a MCX cartridge and then flushed with methanol. Thefree base product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanoland removal of the solvents left product (23 mg, 44% yield): MS: 478(M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, δ) 8.91 (br s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.46(d, 1H, J=5.5 Hz), 7.42 (t, 1H, J˜1.8 Hz), 6.86 (dd, 1H, J=1.2, 4.2 Hz),6.51 (dd, 1H, J=2.4, 4.3 Hz), 6.17 (br, 1H), 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H),2.54 (ddd, 1H, J=12.1, 6.4, 6.2 Hz), 2.21-2.07 (m, 3H), 1.78 (m, 1H),1.74 (s, 3H), 0.87 (m, 2H), 0.73 (m, 1H), 0.67 (m, 1H).

Example 110(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methyl-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Aminopyrazine (317 mg, 3.3 mmol, 4.75 equiv.) was dissolved in 10 ml THFand the solution cooled to −78° C. A solution of MeMgBr in ether (1.0ml, 3 M, 3.0 mmol, 4.3 equiv.) was added and the mixture stirred at −78°C. for 5 minutes. A solution of pivaloate intermediate 109A(crystallized major isomere, 305 mg, 0.70 mmol) in 10 ml THF was addedand the mixture stirred at −78° C. for 3.5 hours, then overnight at −20°C. Saturated aq. NH₄Cl solution (7 ml) and 7 ml aq. NH₄OH solution wereadded and the mixture stirred for 24 hours at 20° C. The mixture waspoured into a separating funnel loaded with 150 ml water and 150 mlethyl acetate and extracted. The organic layer was washed with brine,dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. The crude product was purified bychromatography on silica gel, gradient hexanes—(EtOAc+1% Et₃N) 3:1 to0:1 (2.881, 24 fractions), followed by prep HPLC. Product containingfractions were filtered through an MCX cartridge and the product elutedwith NH₃ in MeOH. Evaporation of volatiles and recrystallization fromacetone/water gave 183.8 mg of crystals. (59% yield). MS: 445 (M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 300 MHz, δ) 9.37 (d, 1H, J=1Hz), 8.24 (m, 2H), 7.41 (dd,1H, J=1.7, 2.5 Hz), 6.82 (dd, 1H, J=4.5, 1.7 Hz), 6.49 (dd, 1H, J=4.5,2.5 Hz), 6.15 (br, 1H), 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 2.48 (ddd, 1H,J=12.2, 6.0, 5.7 Hz), 2.21-2.03 (m, 3H), 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.74 (s, 3H),0.99-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.75 (m, 2H).

Example 111

MeMgBr (3M in ether, 0.3 ml, 0.9 mmol) was added to a solution ofpyrimidin-4-amine (105 mg, 1.1 mmol) in THF (1 ml) at RT. The mixturewas stirred at RT for 5mins. A solution of 109A (47 mg, 0.11 mmol) in0.5 ml THF was added to above mixture. After 1 hr stirring at RT, 1.5 mlof 7M NH₃ in MeOH was added and stirred for 20mins. The crude mixturewas diluted with methanol and the product was isolated by preperativeHPLC. The fractions that contained the product were applied onto a MCXcartridge and then flushed with methanol. The free base product waseluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol and removal of thesolvents left product (4.3 mg, 8.8% yield): MS: 445 (M+H)+.

¹H-NMR (CD₃OD, 500 MHz, δ) 8.70 (d, 1H, J=1.1 Hz), 8.56 (d, 1H, J=5.9Hz), 8.17 (dd, 1H, J=1.1, 5.9 Hz), 7.41 (dd, 1H, J=1.6, 2.5 Hz), 6.81(dd, 1H, J=1.6, 4.6 Hz), 6.50 (dd, 1H, J=2.5, 4.6 Hz), 6.13 (br, 1H),3.88 (m, 1H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.03 (m, 3H), 1.88 (tt,1H, J=5.5, 8.2 Hz), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.03-0.75 (m, 4H).

Examples 112 to 163

Table 7 contains Examples 112 to 115; 117 to 128; 131 and 132 which wereprepared using procedures described above in Example 104. Example 116was a byproduct present in the above examples. Examples 129, 130, 133 to155 were prepared using the procedure described in Example 109. Examples156 to 162 also appear in the table.

TABLE 7 HPLC Example Structure r.t. (M + H)⁺ 112

1.303(a) 6.453(d) 461 113

1.293(a) 6.346(d) 468 114

1.277(a) 6.395(d) 443 115

1.203(a) 5.793(d) 444 116

1.248(a) 6.38(d) 382 117

1.195(j) 6.73(h) 8.36(i) 464 118

1.29(a) 6.27(b) 473 119

1.322(a) 6.42(b) 491 120

2.177(e) 395 121

1.407(a) 6.915(b) 475 122

1.302(a) 6.421(b) 477 123

1.58(c) 6.281(d) 503 124

1.675(c) 6.576(d) 464 125

1.728(c) 6.836(d) 491 126

1.57(c) 6.14(d) 451 127

1.127(a) 5.905(d) 461 128

1.220(a) 6.063(d) 474 129

1.308(j) 7.99(h) 9.32(i) 448 130

1.34(j) 7.93(h) 9.40(i) 448 131

1.528(f) 501 132

1.157(a) 5.443(b) 529 133

1.21(a) 6.146(b) 487 134

1.165(a) 5.97(b) 473 135

1.088(a) 5.613(b) 447 136

1.053(a) 5.563(b) 433 137

1.167(a) 5.573(b) 458 138

1.302(a) 6.35(b) 478 139

1.295(a) 6.325(b) 469 140

1.29(a) 6.375(b) 476 141

1.338(a) 6.45(d) 478 142

1.267(a) 6.036(d) 478 143

1.568(a) 7.631(d) 512 144

1.51(a) 7.106(d) 512 145

1.308(a) 6.183(d) 492 146

1.343(a) 6.513(d) 462 147

1.368(a) 6.601(d) 469 148

1.395(a) 6.943(d) 479 149

1.425(a) 6.711(d) 512 150

1.21(a) 5.79(b) 444 151

1.35(a) 6.786(b) 478 152

1.31(a) 6.556(b) 462 153

1.178(a) 6.101(b) 445 154

1.11(a) 5.53(b) 445 155

1.227(a) 6.12(b) 479 156

3.39(k) 523 157

2.77(k) 460 158

2.80(k) 474 159

3.02(k) 488 160

1.71(l) 460 161

2.72(k) 460 162

2.79(m) 451

HPLC Conditions for Examples 104 to 162:

a: Phenomenex C18 4.6×30 mm column, 2 min gradient, 0-100% B, 5 mL/min.Solvent A: 5% CH₃CN-95% H₂O-10 mm Ammonium Acetate; Solvent B: 95%CH₃CN-5% H₂O-10 mm Ammonium Acetate.

b: Phenomenex C18 4.6×50 mm column, 10 min gradient, 0-100% B, 5 mL/min.Solvent A: 10% CH₃OH-90% H₂O-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% CH₃OH-10% H₂O-0.1%TFA.

c: Phenomenex C18 4.6×30 mm column, 2 min gradient, 0-100% B, 5 mL/min.Solvent A: 10% CH₃OH-90% H₂O-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% CH₃OH10% H₂O-0.1%TFA.

d: Xterra MS C18 4.6×50 mm column, 10 min gradient, 0-100% B, 5 mL/min.Solvent A: 10% CH₃OH-90% H₂O-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% CH₃OH-10% H₂O-0.1%TFA.

e: Phenomenex C18 4.6×30 mm column, 3 min gradient, 0-100% B, 4 mL/min.Solvent A: 10% CH₃OH-90% H₂O-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% CH₃OH-10% H₂O-0.1%TFA.

f: Phenomenex C18 4.6×30 mm column, 3 min gradient, 0-100% B, 5 mL/min.Solvent A: 5% CH₃CN-95% H₂O-10 mm Ammonium Acetate; Solvent B: 95%CH₃CN-5% H₂O-10 mm Ammonium Acetate.

g: Phenomenex C18 3.0×50 mm column, 10 um, 2 min gradient, 0-100% B, 5mL/min. Solvent A: 10% CH₃OH-90% H₂O-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% CH₃OH-10%H₂O-0.1% TFA.

h: Waters Sunfire C18 4.6×150 mm column, 3.5 um, 10 min gradient, 10-90%B, 1 mL/min. Solvent A: 5% CH₃CN-95% H₂O-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90%CH₃CN-10% H₂O-0.1% TFA.

i: Waters Sunfire C18 4.6×150 mm column, 3.5 um, 10 min gradient, 10-90%B, 1 mL/min. Solvent A: 5% CH₃CN-95% H₂O-10 mM Ammonium Acetate; SolventB: 90% CH₃CN-10% H₂O-10 mM Ammonium Acetate.

j: Phenomenex C18 4.6×50 mm column, 2 min gradient, 0-100% B, 5 mL/min.Solvent A: 5% CH₃CN-95% H₂O-10 mm Ammonium Acetate; Solvent B: 95%CH₃CN-5% H₂O-10 mm Ammonium Acetate.

k: column Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm S10, 4 min gradient, 0-100% B, 4mL/min, Solvent A: 10% methanol-90% water-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90%methanol-10% water-0.1% TFA.

l: column Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10, 2 min gradient, 0-100% B, 4mL/min, Solvent A: 10% methanol-90% water-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90%methanol-10% water-0.1% TFA.

Example 163(S)-1-(4-(3-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4,4-dimethyl-N-((R)-1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

163A. (S)-1-tert-Butyl 2-ethyl 5-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate

To a solution of (S)-ethyl 5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylate (20 g, 0.127mol) and di-tert-butyl-dicarbonate (30.5 g, 0.14 mol) in acetonitrile(150 mL) was added 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (1.55 g, 0.013 mol) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography(30% EtOAc/hexane) to give 163A (32.5 g, 100%) as an oil.

¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz) δ 4.58 (1H, dd, J=3.0, 9.5 Hz), 4.22 (2H, q,J=7.3 Hz), 2.56-2.66 (1H, m), 2.48 (1H, ddd, J=3.8, 9.6, 13.1 Hz),2.25-2.35 (1H, m), 1.97-2.04 (1H, m), 1.48 (9H, s), and 1.28 (3H, t,J=7.3 Hz).

163B. (S)-1-tert-Butyl 2-ethyl 4,4-dimethylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate

(S)-1-tert-Butyl 2-ethyl 4,4-dimethylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate wasprepared from (S)-1-tert-butyl 2-ethyl5-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate according to the procedures describedin J. Org. Chem., 59, 1994, 4327-4331.

163C. (S)-4,4-Dimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid

To a solution of (S)-1-tert-butyl 2-ethyl4,4-dimethylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (1.0 g, 3.7 mmol) inMeOH/H₂O/THF (20/15/10 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.78g, 18.5 mmol), and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperatureovernight. The solvent was removed and the resulting residue wasacidified with phorsphoric acid to pH 3. The aqueous layer was extractedwith EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and filtered. Thefiltrate was evaporated to furnish the crude product (0.82 g, 91%).

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 4.21 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.14 (m,1H), 2.08 (m, 1H), 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.11 (s, 3H), and 1.04(s, 3H).

The crude material from above was dissolved in methylene chloride (30mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature for 4 h. After concentrating to dryness, theresidue was passed through a MCX cartridge, the cartridge was elutedwith a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol and removal of the solventsgave (163C) as a solid (450 mg, 93%).

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 3.28 (m, 1H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.30 (m, 1H),1.95-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.17 (s, 3H), and 1.16 (s, 3H).

163D. (S)-1-tert-Butyl 2-ethyl4,4-dimethyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate

(S)-1-tert-Butyl 2-ethyl 4,4-dimethyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (163D) was prepared from (S)-1-tert-butyl 2-ethyl5-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate according to the procedures describedin J. Org. Chem., 59, 1994, 4327-4331.

163E. 1-tert-Butyl 2-ethyl 2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate

To a solution of (S)-1-tert-butyl 2-ethyl4,4-dimethyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (163D) (10 g, 0.035 mol)in dry THF (60 mL) stirred at −78° C. under nitrogen was added a 1 Msolution of lithium hexmethyldisilazide in THF (38.5 mL, 0.038 mol). Themixture was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min, iodomethane (5.4 g, 0.038mol) in THF (5 mL) was added, and the mixture was then stirred 1 h,warmed up to room temperature and continued stirring for additional 3 h.The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloridesolution and extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×100 mL). The combined organiclayers were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. Theresidue was purified by flash chromatography (10-20% EtOAc/hexanxe) tofurnish (163E) (8.2 g, 72%).

¹H NMR (CDCl₃, 400 MHz)) δ 4.17 (2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 2.12 (1H, d, J=13.6Hz), 1.84 (1H, d, J=13.6 Hz), 1.68 (3H, s), 1.48 (9H, s), 1.24 (3H, t,J=7.2 Hz), 1.25 (3H, s), and 1.22 (3H, s). ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃, 100 MHz) δ179.00, 173.41, 149.65, 83.51, 62.61, 61.61, 45.62, 40.96, 27.95 (3C),27.51, 26.75, 25.06, and 14.06.

163F. 1-tert-Butyl 2-ethyl 2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate

A 1.0 M solution of lithium triethylborohydride in THF (36 mL, 0.036mol) was added to a solution of 1-tert-butyl 2-ethyl2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (163E) (9 g, 0.031 mol) inTHF (60 mL) at −78° C. under nitrogen. After 2 h, the reaction mixturewas quenched with saturated NaHCO₃ (20 mL) and warmed to 0° C. Asolution of H₂O₂ (30%, 8 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0°C. for 30 min. The organic solvent was removed in vacuo and the aqueouslayer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×100 mL). The combined organic layerswere dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crudeproduct was used without further purification.

A solution of the crude product from above and triethylsilane (3.65 g,0.032 mol) in CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) was cooled to −78° C., and borontrifluoride etherate (4.54 g 0.032 mol) was added dropwise undernitrogen. After 30 min, 3.65 g triethylsilane and 4.54 g borontrifluoride etherate were added, and the resulting mixture was stirredfor 2 h at −78° C. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturatedNaHCO₃ solution, extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×100 mL), and dried overNa₂SO₄. Evaporation of the solvent and furification by flashchromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane) yielded 1-tert-butyl 2-ethyl2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (163F) (5.65 g, 62%).

163G. 2,4,4-Trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid

To a solution of 1-tert-butyl 2-ethyl2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (5 g, 0.018 mol) in MeOH(15 mL), was added NaOH (2.1 g, 0.053 mol) in water (10 mL). Thereaction mixture was heated at 45° C. overnight. After concentration,the residue was acidified to pH 3 with phorsphoric acid. The aqueouslayer was extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic layer was washedwith brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, and filtered. The filtrate was evaporatedto give a solid which was used for the next step without separation.

The crude acid from above was dissolved in methylene chloride (40 mL),Trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated, the residue was passed through a MCX cartridge and elutedwith a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol and removal of the solventsgave (163G) (2.17 g, 79%) as a solid.

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz)) δ 3.14 (1H, d, J=11.6 Hz), 3.01 (1H, d, J=11.6Hz), 2.37 (1H, d, J=13.6 Hz), 1.75 (1H, d, J=13.2 Hz), 1.55 (3H, s),1.15 (3H, s), and 1.10 (3H, s). ¹³C NMR (CD₃OD, 100 MHz)) δ 177.56,71.68, 57.92, 51.50, 40.15, 27.41, 26.86, and 24.63.

163H.1-(4-(3-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

2,4,4-Trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride salt 163G(500 mg, 2.58 mmole) was dissolved in NMP (3 mL). 1C (160 mg, 0.57mmole) and potassium tert-butoxide (565 mg, 5.03 mmol) were added andthe mixture was heated in a microwave at 200° C. for 20 hr. Aftercooling to room temperature, the crude product was purified by prep.HPLC to give compound 163H (146 mg, 65%). MS: 396 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time:3.57 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 4 min gradient, 4mL/min).

1631. (R)-1-methylpiperidin-3-amine

Sodium cyanoborohydride (4.51 g, 0.075 mol) was added in portion to amixture of (R)-tert-butyl piperidin-3-ylcarbamate (10 g, 0.05 mol), 30%water solution of formaldehyde (7.5 mL), and methanol (75 mL) at 0° C.The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate andwater. After extraction, the organic layers were washed with water,brine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. Concentration in vacuo, gave the N-methylcompound as an oil which was used directly without further purification.To a solution of the crude material previously obtained in methanol (60mL) was added 4N HCl dioxane (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirredat room temperature for 6 h. After concentration in vacuo, the residuewas triturated with ether. The resuting precipitate was filtered andwashed with ice-cold methanol to give the title compound as a solid(4.01 g, 72%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 3.54 (1H, m), 2.81 (1H, m),2.62 (1H, m), 2.23 (3H, s), 1.97 (1H, m), 1.67-1.87 (3H, m), 1.56-1.61(1H, m), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.15-1.42 (1H, m).

Diisopropylethylamine (509 mg, 3.95 mmole) was added to a mixture of(S)-1-(4-(3-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (163H) (300 mg, 0.79 mmol), (R)-1-methylpiperidin-3-amine (221 mg,1.58 mmol), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (130 mg, 0.95 mmol),N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethyl-carbodiimide hydrochloride (455 mg,2.37 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (3 mL) at room temperature. Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crudeproduct was purified by preparative HPLC. The fractions that containedthe product were applied onto a MCX cartridge and then flushed withmethanol. The free base of the was eluted with a 2N solution of ammoniain methanol and removal of the solvents gave (163) (150 mg, 40% yield):MS: 478 (M+H)⁺HPLC Ret Time: 2.62 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mmcolumn, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Example 164(S)-1-(4-(3-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-cyclopropylpiperidin-3-yl)-4,4-dimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

164A.

(R)-1-cyclopropylpiperidin-3-amine was prepared using a method similarto that described for example 163I.

(S)-1-(4-(3-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-cyclopropylpiperidin-3-yl)-4,4-dimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamidewas prepared using the same procedures as described for compound (163).MS: 478 (M+H)⁺HPLC Ret Time: 2.62 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mmcolumn, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Example 165(S)-1-(4-(3-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

(S)-1-(4-(3-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamidewas prepared using the same method as described for 104. The racemicmixture was separated by SFC chiralcel OD-H column, 4.6×250 mm, 5 umover 10 min. The fractions with t=6.77 min were collected.

¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 8.17 (1H, s), 7.82 (1H, m), 7.41 (1H, m),6.91-6.94 (1H, m), 6.86 (1H, m), 6.49-6.51 (1H, m), 6.03 (1H, s),3.48-3.55 (2H, m), 2.48 (1H, d, J=13.3 Hz), 1.99 (1H, d, J=13.1 Hz),1.71 (3 h, s), 1.64 (1H, m), 1.18 (3H, s), 1.16 (3H, s), 0.78-0.82 (2H,m), 0.78 (1H, m) and 0.57 (1H, m).

HPLC Ret Time=20.22 min. (waters Xterra column 4 6×150 mm, 3.5 um over30 min.). MS: 490 (M+H)⁺HPLC Ret Time: 3.29 min (Phenomenex-Luna S104.6×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Analytical HPLC Conditions for Examples 166 to 225, 240 to 240A, 244 to246 and 251 to 317 LC/MS Analysis:

All LC/MS data (unless otherwise noted) was obtained on a Shimadzu HPLCin conjunction with a Micro-Mass positive ion mass spectrometer using aPhenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm 10 micron column, at a flow rate of 4 mL/minand a linear gradient from 100% A (10% Methanol-90% Water-0.1% TFA) to100% B (90% Methanol-10% Water-0.1% TFA) over 3 min. UV detection wasconducted at either 220 or 254 nM. The ret. t. obtained from this LC/MSdata is reported as LC/MS ret. t=x min.

Preparative Reverse Phase (RP)HPLC:

This was performed using a Waters Atlantis 30×100 mm 5 micron column ora Phenomenex-Luna 30×100 mm 10 micron column with linear gradientelution using the stated ratio of solvent A (10% Methanol-90% Water-0.1%TFA). and solvent B (90% Methanol-10% Water-0.1% TFA) over the statedtime period (typically from 10-13 min) using a flow rate of either 35 or36 mL/min. A typical example would have the linear gradient from 15% B(85% A) to 90% B (10% A) over 12 min. UV detection was conducted at 254nM.

Several of the final products are isolated as their free bases bypassing the appropriate fractions from the preparative HPLC purification(using the method described above) through a 1 gram (20 cc) or 6 gram(35 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge. Elution with HPLCmethanol serves to concentrate the product on the cartridge and toremove the TFA. Subsequent elution with 2.0M NH₃ in methanol (Aldrich),followed by evaporation, gives the free base of the final products.

Preparative and Analytical Normal Phase Silca Gel Chromatography:

Preparative silica gel chromatography was performed on a BiotageHorizon™ HPFC™ system (unless indicated otherwise) using Biotagecommercially available pre-packed cartridges (FLASH 25+™, FLASH 40+™,FLASH 65i™ cartridges) using the conditions (flow rate, sample loading,column volume size, fraction size collected, etc) recommended in theBiotage manual for the appropriate cartridge. The elution solvent andgradient conditions varied and are described in the applicable examplescited below. Fractions were analyzed for purity by silica gel Thin LayerChromatography (TLC) using Merck KGaA silica gel 60 F₂₅₄ precoatedplates for thin layer chromatography (2.5×7.5 cm, 250 μm thickness)purchased from VWR Scientific. Compounds were visualized on these TLCplates by either UV or appropriate staining (ie I₂) techniques.

In the examples below, the Analytical Reverse Phase HPLC ret. t. wereobtained on a Shimadzu HPLC system with one or more of the followingmethods (unless otherwise noted):

Method A: Waters X-Terra HPLC column, 4.6×150 mm, 3.5 micron, 1 mL/minflow rate, linear gradient from 95% A (95:5 Water:CH₃CN, 10 mM NH₄OAc,pH 6.8)/5% B (90:10 CH₃CN:Water, 10 mM NH₄OAc, pH 6.8) to 100% B over 15min. UV detection was conducted at 254 nM.

Method B: Phenomenex Gemini HPLC column, 4.6×150 mm, 5 micron, 1 mL/minflow rate, linear gradient from 95% A (95:5 Water:CH₃CN, 10 mM NH₄OAc,pH 6.8)/5% B (90:10 CH₃CN: Water, 10 mM NH₄OAc, pH 6.8) to 100% B over15 min. UV detection was conducted at 254 nM.

Method C: Waters X-Bridge HPLC column, 4.6×150 mm, 5 micron, 1 mL/minflow rate, linear gradient from 95% A (95:5 Water:CH₃CN, 10 mM NH₄OAc,pH 6.8)/5% B (90:10 CH₃CN:Water, 10 mM NH₄OAc, pH 6.8) to 100% B over 20min. UV detection was conducted at 254 nM.

Method D: Phenomenex Luna HPLC column, 4.6×150 mm, 5 micron, 1.5 mL/minflow rate, linear gradient from 100% A (90:10 HPLC Water:Methanol, 0.1%TFA)/0% B (90:10 HPLC Methanol:Water, 0.1% TFA) to 100% B over 15 min.UV detection was conducted at 254 nM.

Method E: Waters X-Terra HPLC column, 4.6×150 mm, 3.5 micron, 1 mL/minflow rate, linear gradient from 95% A (95:5 Water:CH₃CN, 10 mM NH₄HCO₃⁻, pH 7.8)/5% B (90:10 CH₃CN:Water, 10 mM NH₄HCO₃ ⁻, pH 7.8) to 100% Bover 20 min. UV detection was conducted at 254 nM. The ret. t. obtainedfrom the analytical HPLC data (methods A-E) is reported in minutes.

Method F: Waters Atlantis C18 HPLC column, 4.6×150 mm, 3 micron, 1mL/min flow rate, linear gradient from 95% A (95:5 Water:CH₃CN, 10 mMNH₄OAc, pH 6.8)/5% B (90:10 CH₃CN:Water, 10 mM NH₄OAc, pH 6.8) to 100% Bover 30 min. UV detection was conducted at 254 nM.

Example 166(S)-3-(2-(2-(thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

166A. 3-Amino-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid, sodium salt

To a stirred solution of 3-nitro-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (6 g,38.2 mmol) in methanol (300 mL) under nitrogen was added 750 mgPearlman's catalyst and 750 mg DeGussa catalyst. The reaction wasflushed with nitrogen, then purged with hydrogen and allowed to stir for16 h under 1 atm of hydrogen. The reaction was monitored by LC/MS andwhen complete, was flushed well with nitrogen and 38.2 mL 1.0 M NaOH wasadded. The catalyst was filtered off through a bed of Celite and thesolvent removed in vacuo to give the title compound in quantitativeyield: MS: 255 (2M+H)⁺; LC/MS ret. t=0.18 min (Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm10 micron column, flow rate of 5 mL/min and a linear gradient from 100%A (10% Methanol-90% Water-0.1% TFA) to 40% B (90% Methanol-10%Water-0.1% TFA) over 3 min).

166B.3-(2-chloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-4-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylicacid, sodium salt

To a stirred solution of compound from 1B (2.4 g, 12.7 mmol) inisopropyl alcohol (120 mL) was added a solution of 166A (2.04 g, 13.7mmol) dissolved in HPLC water (60 mL), followed byN,N-diisopropylethylamine (4.4 mL, 25.4 mmol). The resulting solutionwas allowed to stir at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction wascooled at −20 C for 30 min., the solid was collected by filtration andthen dried in vacuo for 18 h to give the title compound (2.0 g, 53%) asa solid: MS: 279,281 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.11 min; ¹H NMR (d6-DMSO) δ12.62 (br s, 1H), 11.12 (br s, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H); 7.39 (br s, 1H), 6.81(s, 1H), 6.69 (s, 1H).

166C.3-(2-chloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-4-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

To a stirred solution of the material from 166B (9.5 g, 31.56 mmol) inanhydrous DMF (70 mL) was added ammonium chloride (17 g, 315.6 mmol) and1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (4.3 g, 31.56 mmol) and the resultingsuspension was flushed with nitrogen and allowed to stir for 15 min atRT. 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (12.1 g,63.12 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (110 mL, 631 mmol) were addedand the reaction was flushed with nitrogen and allowed to stir at RTovernight. LC/MS showed a mixture of starting material as well asdesired product. Additional1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (3 g, 15.65mmol), ammonium chloride (4.25 g, 79.4 mmol), andN,N-diisopropylethylamine (28 mL, 158 mmol) was added and the reactionwas allowed to stir at RT for 16 h. LC/MS showed the reaction to becomplete. The insoluble material was filtered off and washed with 150 mLDMF and the solvent removed in vacuo to afford an oil. HPLC grade water(475 mL) was added and a precipitate formed which was collected byfiltration, washed with a small amount of water, and dried in vacuo togive the title compound (7.75 g, 88%) as a solid. MS: 278,280 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=1.88 min; ¹H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 13.32 (s, 1H), 11.14 (s, 1H),8.08 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.72 (s,1H).

166D.(S)-1-(4-(5-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To a stirred solution of the material from 166C (550 mg, 1.98 mmol) inanhydrous NMP (15 mL) is added a solution of(S)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (7.4 g, 64 mmol) that had beenpreviously treated with 5 M NaOH (9 mL, 45 mmol). to form its sodiumsalt. N,N-diisopropylethylamine (345 mL, 1.98 mmol) was then added andthe reaction is flushed with nitrogen and heated to 100° C. for 24 h ina pressure bottle. The product is purified by preparative HPLC (using 5%solvent B to 100% solvent B over 11 min) and the desired fractionscontaining the product concentrated on a Speed Vac to give 485 mg (69%)of the title compound as a solid: MS: 357 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.98 min.

To a stirred solution of material from 166D (28 mg, 0.078 mmol) inanhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (1.1 mL) is added 2-aminothiazole (23.5mg, 0.234 mmol), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (4 mg, 0.03 mmol).The solution is flushed with nitrogen andbenzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate(89 mg, 0.172 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (824 mL, 0.473 mmol)are added and the resulting solution is allowed to stir at RT for 6 h,then heated 50 C for 1 h. The product is purified by preparative HPLC(using 0% solvent B to 100% solvent B over 11 min) and the desiredfractions containing the product are processed to the title compound166, obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCXExtraction Cartridge using the general method described above to give9.6 mg of a solid, as a mixture of enantiomers: MS: 439 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=2.07 min; HPLC (Method D) ret. t.=13.2 min.

Examples 167 to 178

Table 8 contains Examples 167 to 178 which were prepared using theprocedures described in Example 166E. Note that1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride is usedinterchangeably with benzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphoniumhexafluorophosphate; 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate is usedinterchangeably with 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole; DMF is usedinterchangeably with NMP; and N-methylmorpholine is used interchangeablywith N,N-diisopropylethylamine

Note: In Examples 167 to 178, the compounds are TFA Salts and mixturesof enantiomers, and were obtained by evaporation in vacuo of thepreparative chromatography fractions.

(#) HPLC Method

(*) HPLC retention time

(&) LC/MS (M+H)⁺

TABLE 8 Example Compound # * & 167

D 15.2 466, 468 168

D 12.4 433 169

D 13.8 451 170

D 14.5 484, 486 171

D 15.0 453 172

A 7.7 440 173

A 7.9 436 174

A 9.1 463 175

A 8.34 447 176

A 7.7 474 177

B 10.6 489 178

B 9.8 467 (#) HPLC Method (*) HPLC retention time (&) LC/MS (M + H)⁺

Example 179(S)-1-(4-(5-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To a flame dried 100 mL pressure bottle under nitrogen is added(S)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (7.4 g, 57.4 mmol), potassiumtert-butoxide (6.24 g, 55.6 mmol), and 13.6 mL of anhydrous1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone. The resulting pink suspension is flushed withnitrogen, magnetically stirred, and sonnicated until almost all solidshave dissolved. The compound from 166C (1.4 g, 4.97 mmol) is then addedfollowed by N,N-diisopropylethylamine (866 μL, 4.97 mmol) and theresulting solution was flushed with nitrogen, then heated to 155° C. for72 h. The product is purified by preparative HPLC (using 15% solvent Bto 90% solvent B over 10 min). and the desired fractions containing theproduct are concentrated to give 1.2 g (66%). of the title compound as asolid: MS: 371 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.25 min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.6.2 min.

Examples 180 to 190

Table 9 contains Examples 180 to 190 which were prepared using theprocedures described in Example 166E.

Note: In the following Examples,1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride andbenzotriazole-1-yl-oxy-tris-pyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphateand 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole were used interchangeably; DMF is usedinterchangeably with NMP and N-methylmorpholine is used interchangeablywith N,N-diisopropylethylamine

(#) HPLC Method

(*) HPLC retention time

(&) LC/MS (M+H)⁺

TABLE 9 Example Compound # * & 180

A 9.25 453 181

A 10.88 487 182

A 9.45 465 183

A 10.0 465 184

A 8.42 447 185

A 11.15 531, 533 186

A 10.22 467 187

A 10.41 467 188

A 8.57 462 189

A 7.75 453 190

A 9.14 507

Example 191 191A. 2-Chloro-N-(5-cyclobutyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

5-Cyclobutyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (see J. Med. Chem., 2001, 44(26),4628-4660) (89 mg, 0.65 mmol) is dissolved in isopropyl alcohol (2-3mL), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (174 mL, 1.0 mmol) is then added,followed by the compound from 1B (85 mg, 0.45 mmol). The reactionmixture is then stirred at RT for 22 h and the solid precipitate iscollected by filtration, washed with a few mL of cold isopropyl alcohol,and dried in vacuo to give 106 mg (81.5%) of the title compound as asolid:MS: 289,291 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.02 min.; HPLC (Method D) ret.time 15.35 min.

191B.(S)-1-(4-(5-cyclobutyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

To a dry 20 mL vial under nitrogen was added material from 191A (45 mg,0.156 mmol) and (S)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide (89 mg, 0.78 mmol). Thevial was sealed and heated neat to 95° C. for 72 h. The product ispurified by preparative HPLC (using 5% solvent B to 100% solvent B over11 min) and the desired fractions containing the product are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc)Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge using the general methoddescribed above to give 36 mg of the free base of the title compound asa solid: MS: 367 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.58 min; HPLC (Method D) ret.t.=12.43 min.

Example 192(R)-1-(4-(5-cyclobutyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

To a dry 20 mL vial under nitrogen is added material from 191A (45 mg,0.156 mmol) and (R)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide (89 mg, 0.78 mmol). Thevial is sealed and heated neat to 95° C. for 72 h. The product ispurified by preparative HPLC (using 5% solvent B to 100% solvent B over11 min) and the desired fractions containing the product are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc)Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge using the general methoddescribed above to give 50 mg of the free base of the title compound asa solid: MS: 367 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.59 min; HPLC (Method D) ret.t.=12.61 min.

Example 193 193A.1-(3-(2-chloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamino)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)cyclopropanol

1-(3-Amino-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)cyclopropanol (see J. Med. Chem., 2001,44(26), 4628-4660 for related procedure) (288 mg, 2.07 mmol) inisopropyl alcohol (15 mL) is reacted with the material from 1B (300.1mg, 1.60 mmol) using the method described in 191A. The solvent isevaporated in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in methylene chlorideand purified by silica gel chromatography using a Biotage instrument(see above for general details) with a Flash 25+M cartridge using agradient from 100% dichloromethane to 10-12% 2 M ammonia inmethanol:88-90% methylene chloride over 12 column volumes. The desiredfractions containing the product were evaporated in vacuo to give 148.5mg (32%) of the title compound as a solid; MS: 291, 293 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=2.41 min.

193B.(S)-1-(4-(5-(1-hydroxycyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To a stirred solution of the material from 193A (190 mg, 0.65 mmol) inanhydrous NMP (3.5 mL) is added a solution of(S)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (647 mg, 5.62 mmol) in 5 M NaOH (1.1mL, 5.5 mmol). N-methylmorpholine (142 μL, 1.29 mmol) is then added andthe reaction is flushed with nitrogen. The vial is then sealed andheated to 100° C. for 24 h. The product is purified by preparative HPLC(using 10% solvent B to 100% solvent B over 12 min) and the desiredfractions containing the product were concentrated in vacuo to obtain65.2 mg (27%). of the title compound: MS: 370 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.66min.

193C.(S)-1-(4-(5-(1-hydroxycyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

To a stirred solution of material from 193B (36.5 mg, 0.099 mmol) inanhydrous NMP (1 mL) is added 2-aminothiazole (29.7 mg, 0.297 mmol), and1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (6.7 mg, 0.05 mmol). The solution isflushed with nitrogen and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (38 mg,0.198 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (824 μL, 0.469 mmol) are added. Theresulting solution is allowed to stir at RT for 18 h and the product ispurified by preparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 100% solvent B over12 min). The desired fractions containing the product were concentratedin vacuo to obtain 22.9 mg of the title compound as its TFA salt and asa mixture of enantiomers: MS: 452 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.01 min; HPLC(Method A), ret. t.=11.87 min.

Example 194(S)-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

194A.2-Chloro-N-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (see J. Med. Chem., 2001,44(26), 4628-4660 for related procedure) (1.31 g, 9.56 mmol) was treatedwith the compound from 1B (1.5 g, 7.98 mmol) using the proceduredescribed in 191A to give the title compound (2.31 g, 100%) as a solid.MS: 289, 291 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.64 min.

194B.(S)-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid

To a stirred solution of the material from 194A (870 mg, 3.0 mmol) inanhydrous NMP (17 mL) is added a solution of(S)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (4.2 g, 36.4 mmol) in 5 M NaOH (6.9mL, 34.5 mmol). The reaction is flushed with nitrogen, sealed, andheated to 135° C. for 18 h. The crude reaction mixture is poured intowater (225 mL) and dichloromethane (150 mL). The organic layer isremoved and the aqueous layer is treated with aqueous 1.0 N HCl (40 mL,40 mmol) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×300 mL). The ethyl acetatelayers were combined, washed water (2×30 mL) and brine (30 mL), anddried (Na₂SO₄). Concentration in vacuo gives the title compound (1.34 g)as a solid; MS: 368 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.37 min.

A vial containing the compound from 194B (573 mg, 1.56 mmol),(R)-tert-butyl 3-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate (407 mg, 2.03 mmol), and1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (158 mg, 1.17 mmol) is treated with THF(11 mL) and N-methylmorpholine (893 μL, 8.12 mmol), followed by1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (538 mg,2.81 mmol). The reaction is stirred at rt for 1 h and the volatiles areevaporated. The resulting solids are dissolved in dichloromethane (15mL), trifluoroacetic acid (4 mL) is added, and the resulting solutionallowed to stir at room temperature for 45 min. The product is purifiedby preparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 80% solvent B over 10 min)and the desired fractions containing the product are processed to thetitle compound, obtained as its free base, using three 1 gram (20 cc)Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridges, using the general methoddescribed above, to give the title compound (194) (510 mg, 73%) as asolid: MS: 450 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.01 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret.t.=10.8 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.40-7.32 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.78 (m,1H), 6.53-6.31 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.50(m, 1H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.34 (m, 2H),2.31-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.65 (m,1H), 1.62-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.95 (m,2H), 0.84-0.74 (m, 2H).

Example 195(S)-N-((R)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)piperidin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

To a solution of material from 194C (60 mg, 0.134 mmol) in methanol (2.5mL) is added glacial acetic acid (6 mL) and cyclopropanecarbaldehyde (47mL, 0.63 mmol). Sodium cyanoborohydride (1.0M in THF, 536 mL, 0.536mmol) is added and the resulting solution is allowed to stand at roomtemperature for 30 min. The product is purified by preparative HPLC(using 15% solvent B to 80% solvent B over 11 min) and the desiredfractions containing the product are processed to the title compound,obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCXExtraction Cartridge using the general method described above to give 64mg (96%) of the title compound: MS: 504 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.08 min;HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=12.2 min.

Example 196(S)-N-((R)-1-cyclopropylpiperidin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

To a solution of the compound from 194C (60 mg, 0.134 mmol) in methanol(2.5 mL) is added glacial acetic acid (6 mL) and(1-ethoxycyclopropyloxy). trimethylsilane (148 mL, 0.74 mmol). Sodiumcyanoborohydride (1.0M in THF, 536 mL, 0.536 mmol) is then added and theresulting solution is heated at 48° C. overnight. The product ispurified by preparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to 80% solvent B over11 min) and the desired fractions containing the product are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc)Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge using the general methoddescribed above to give 48.1 mg (73%). of the title compound as a solid:MS: 490 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.06 min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=13.0 min;500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.38 (brs, 1H), 6.88-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.56-6.40(m, 2H), 4.61-4.47 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.65 (m, 1H),3.62-3.50 (m, 1H), 2.78-1.83 (m, 8H), 1.62-1.21 (m, 8H), 1.05-0.91 (m,2H), 0.85-0.69 (m, 2H), 0.45-0.30 (m, 2H), 0.28-0.11 (m, 2H).

Example 197(S)-2-methyl-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

197A.(S)-2-methyl-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To a solution of material from 194A (400 mg, 1.38 mmol) in anhydrous NMP(17 mL) is added a solution of (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid(2.15 g, 16.6 mmol) in 5 M NaOH (3.22 mL, 16.11 mmol,). The resultingsolution is heated to 155° C. for 50 h. The reaction is poured intowater (85 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (65 mL). The organiclayer is discarded and the aqueous layer is acidified with 1 N HCl to afinal pH of 2-3 and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×75 mL). Theorganic layers are combined, washed with water (50 mL) and brine (50mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). Evaporation in vacuo gives the crude titlecompound as an oil: MS: 382 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.45 min.

A vial containing the compound from 197A (66 mg), 2-aminothiazole (173mg), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (26 mg), is treated sequentiallywith NMP (1 mL), N-methylmorpholine (101 μL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (40 mg).The reaction is heated at 55° C. for 9 h and purified by preparativeHPLC (using 15% solvent B to 95% solvent B over 11 min). The desiredfractions containing the product are processed to the title compound,obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCXExtraction Cartridge, following the general method described above, togive 6.0 mg of the title compound (197) as a solid: MS: 464 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.62 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=13.7 min.

Example 198(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

198A.(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of the material from 1C (1.77 g, 6.43 mmol) and (2S,4R-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (1.989 g, 14.9 mmol) in a 48 mLpressure bottle is treated with NMP (20 mL) followed byN,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.43 mL, 8.20 mmol). To this stirred mixtureis then added 5 M NaOH (2.88 mL, 14.4 mmol). The reaction is flushedwith nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 115° C. for 45 h, at 135° C. for 24h, and finally at 117° C. for 15 h. The crude reaction mixture is pouredinto water (300 mL) and dichloromethane (200 mL). The organic layer isremoved and the aqueous layer is extracted with additionaldichloromethane (3×50 mL). The water layer is treated with aqueous 1.0 NHCl (18-20 mL,) to pH 2-3 and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×400 mL).The ethyl acetate layers were combined, washed water (2×50 mL) and brine(50 mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). Concentration in vacuo gives the titlecompound (1.97 g) as a solid which is 70% pure by HPLC and is used as isfor the reactions described below; MS: 372 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.83min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=6.8 min; 300 MHz ¹HNMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.38 (s,1H), 6.91-6.81 (m, 1H), 6.52-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 5.41 (d, 1H,J=53.4 Hz), 4.73 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 4.14-3.70 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.64 (m,1H), 2.44-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.06-0.92 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.72(m, 2H).

A vial containing the compound from 198A (415 mg), 2-aminothiazole (780mg), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (146 mg), is treatedsequentially with NMP (8 mL), N-methylmorpholine (640 mL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (365 mg).The reaction is stirred at rt for 2 h, heated at 48° C. for 16 h, andthen purified by preparative HPLC (using 20% solvent B to 86% solvent Bover 11 min). The desired fractions containing the product are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base, using two 1 gram (20cc). Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridges, following the generalmethod described above, to give 181.5 mg of the pure title compound(198) (36%) as a solid: MS: 454 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.6 min.; HPLC(Method A) ret. t.=12.5 min.

Example 199(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A vial containing the compound from 198A (147 mg), (R)-tert-butyl3-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate (105 mg), and1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (40 mg). is treated with THF (3 mL) andN-methylmorpholine (225 μL), followed by1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (130 mg).The reaction is stirred at RT for 1.5-2 h and the volatiles areevaporated. The resulting solids are dissolved in dichloromethane (3mL), trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) is added, and the resulting solutionallowed to stir at room temperature for 45 min. The product is purifiedby preparative HPLC (using 20% solvent B to 80% Solvent B over 12 min).and the desired fractions containing the product are processed to thetitle compound, obtained as its free base, using three 1 gram (20 cc)Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridges, using the general methoddescribed above, to give 33 mg of the title compound as a solid: MS: 454(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t 1.94 min.; HPLC (Method A). ret. t.=15.3 min.

Example 200(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-(cyclopropylmethyl)piperidin-3-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The method described in Example 195 was used. Starting with compound 199(13 mg, 0.029 mmol), followed by preparative HPLC (15% solvent B to 90%solvent B over 11 min), and processing the desired fractions containingthe product to its free base with a 1 gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCXExtraction Cartridge using the general method described above, gives10.5 mg (72%) of the pure title compound as a solid: MS: 508 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.3 min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=16.5 min.

Example 201(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-cyclopropylpiperidin-3-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The method described in Example 196 was used. Starting with example 199(13 mg, 0.029 mmol), followed by preparative HPLC (15% solvent B to 90%solvent B over 11 min), and processing the desired fractions containingthe product to its free base with a 1 gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCXExtraction Cartridge using the general method described above, gives 9.8mg (69%) of the pure title compound:MS: 494 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.96min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=15.34 min.

Example 202(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The compound from 198A (777 mg), 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (2.35 g), and1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (256 mg), is treated sequentially withNMP (10 mL), N-methylmorpholine (2.1 mL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (777 mg).The reaction is stirred at rt for 16 h, and then purified by preparativeHPLC (using 14% solvent B to 82% solvent B over 11 min). The desiredfractions containing the product are processed to the title compound,obtained as its free base, using two 6 gram (35 cc) Waters Oasis® MCXExtraction Cartridges, following the general method described above, togive 374.4 mg of the pure title compound (38.4%) as a solid: MS: 466(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.85 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=11.16 min; 500MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.01 (brs, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H),7.01-6.93 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 6.33 (brs, 1H), 5.40(d, 1H, J=53.7 Hz), 4.77 (t, 1H), 4.28-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.76 (m, 1H),2.79-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.73 (m, 1H), 0.97-0.84 (m,2H), 0.77-0.61 (m, 2H).

Example 203(2S,4R)—N-(4-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

203A. (2S,4R)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

To a solution of compound 198A (2.21 g, 4.7 mmol) in 40 ml methanol wereadded 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (1.08 g, 8 mmol), N-methylmorpholine (1.76ml, 16 mmol), and 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimidehydrochloride (1.53 g, 8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature. After a total time of 4 hours the mixture was concentrated,dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with a saturated aqueous NaHCO₃solution, water and brine, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated.The product was purified by chromatography on a Horizon Biotage system,using a 40-M cartridge (conditioned with 95% dichloromethane+5% ethylacetate) and eluted with a gradient from 5% ethyl acetate indichloromethane to 100% ethyl acetate. 997.8 mg of the title compoundwere isolated. LCMS m/e=385, [M+H]+, Ret.time. 1.45 min.

3-Amino-4-chloro-pyridine (142 mg, 1.1 mmol) was dissolved in 5 ml THFand cooled to 0° C. A solution of isopropyl magnesium chloride (2M inTHF, 0.5 ml, 1.0 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 5 minutes.Then a solution of compound 203A (37 mg, 0.095 mmol, in 5 ml THF) wasadded. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0° C., then 1 hour atambient temperature. The reaction vessel is briefly immersed into anacetone/dry ice bath and the reaction quenched by addition of a mixtureof 1 ml trifluoroacetic acid and 5 ml methanol. After evaporation ofvolatiles the product is purified by prep HPLC. The fractions containingthe product are processed to the title compound, obtained as its freebase, using a one gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis MCX Extraction Cartridge,following the general method described above, to give 18.0 mg of thepure title compound as a pale brown solid. LCMS m/e=482 ([M+H]+), Ret.Time 1.20 min on Phenomenex 10u, 4.6×50 mm column, gradient over 2minutes from 5% CH₃CN in water to 95% CH₃CN+5% water, buffered with 10mM NH₄OAc. Analytical HPLC Ret. Time 4.95 min, on Waters Sunfire C184.6×150 mm column, 3.5 um, 5 min gradient, 10-90% B, 1 mL/min flow rate.Solvent A: 5% CH₃CN-95% H₂O-0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% CH₃CN-10% H₂O-0.1%TFA.

Examples 204 TO 206

Table 10 contains Examples 204 to 206 which were prepared using theprocedure described for Example 203, starting from 203A and using theappropriate heteroarylamine. LCMS (a) and analytical HPLC (b) conditionsare as described in Example 203.

TABLE 10 LCMS Example Compound Ret. t. [M + H]⁺ 204

1.14(a) 5.03(b) 448 205

1.24(a) 5.34(b) 468 206

1.13(a) 4.35(b) 449

Example 2073-(2-((2S,4R)-4-fluoro-2-(thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

207A.(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of the material from 166C (91.1 mg, 0.328 mmol) and (2S,4R-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (253 mg, 1.90 mmol) is treatedwith NMP (2 mL) followed by 5 M NaOH (304 mL, 1.52 mmol). The reactionis flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 112° C. for 5 days. Thecrude reaction mixture is purified by preparative HPLC (using 10%solvent B to 100% solvent B over 11 min). The desired fractionscontaining the product are concentrated in vacuo to give 74.4 mg of thetitle compound (possible TFA salt); MS: 375 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.45min.

A vial containing the compound from 207A (74.4 mg), 2-aminothiazole (144mg), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (44 mg), is treated sequentiallywith DMF (2 mL), 1[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimidehydrochloride (188 mg), and then N-methylmorpholine (250 μL). Thereaction is stirred at rt for 16 h and then purified by preparative HPLC(using 5% solvent B to 85% solvent B over 12 min) to give the pure titlecompound 207; MS: 457 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.41 min; HPLC (Method A)ret. t.=12.49 min.

Example 208(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

208A.(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of the material from 1C (7.06 g, 25.7 mmol) and(2S,4S)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (24.3 g, 185 mmol) in a350 mL pressure bottle is treated with NMP (100 mL). To this stirredmixture is then added 5 M NaOH (36.8 mL, 184 mmol) andN,N-diisopropylethylamine (5.0 mL, 28.7 mmol), and the reaction isflushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 133° C. for 24 h. The crudereaction mixture is cooled to rt and then poured into water (500 mL) anddichloromethane (350 mL). The organic layer is extracted with additionalwater (1×100 mL). The combined water layers are slowly treated withaqueous 1.0 N HCl (194 mL,) to pH 2-3 to give a precipitate, which isfiltered, washed with water (2×50 mL), and dried for 24 h under highvacuum at 30° C. to give 4.20 g of 90% pure title compound as a solid.The water filtrate is then extracted with ethyl acetate mixed with 2%methanol (2×500 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (75 mL), andfiltered to remove precipitated product, which is dried in vacuo to give1.98 g of additional 95% pure title compound. Finally, the combinedorganic layers were slowly evaporated to a total volume of about 50-75mL, and filtered to give 2.36 g of >95% pure title compound as a solid.The combined weight of title compound is 8.54 g (90%); MS: 370 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=1.94 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (d₆-DMSO). δ 12.17 (brs, 2H),10.19 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.47-6.31 (m, 2H), 4.96 (brs,1H), 4.51 (brs, 1H), 4.39-4.29 (m, 1H), 3.72 (brs, 1H), 3.50-3.08 (m,1H), 2.57-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 1H), 0.97-0.86(m, 2H), 0.83-0.69 (m, 2H).

208B.(1S,4R)-5-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one

A mixture of the compound from 208A (4.20 g, 11.4 mmol) and1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (500 mg), is treated sequentially withTHF (400 mL), N-methylmorpholine (3.80 mL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (3.20 g)is then added last. The reaction is stirred at rt for 10 min and thenheated to reflux under nitrogen for 1 h. The volatiles are evaporatedand the crude material is dissolved in ethyl acetate (800 mL) and water(600 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (2×100 mL) and brine(100 mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). Concentration in vacuo gives 1.89 g of thetitle compound as a solid which is 89% pure by LC/MS and is useddirectly as described below without further purification: MS: 352(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.11 min. 300 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.48-7.38 (m,1H), 6.97-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.68-6.42 (m, 2H), 5.26 (brs, 1H), 4.91-4.84 (m,1H), 3.79 (d, 1H, J=10.8 Hz), 3.54 (d, 1H, J=10.8 Hz), 2.46-2.16 (m,2H), 2.00-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.04-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.77 (m, 2H); IR (KBr)1789 cm⁻¹.

A cold solution of 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (382 mg, 3.41 mmol) in THF(2 mL) under nitrogen is treated slowly with swirling withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 1.62 mL, 3.24 mmol). After10-15 min, the compound of 208B is added (0.357 mmol) and the mixture israpidly swirled under nitrogen. After 40 min at rt, a solution of TFA(260 mL, 3.4 mmol) in methanol (8 mL) was added and the mixture is thenpurified by preparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to 81% solvent B over12 min). The desired fractions containing the product are processed tothe title compound, obtained as its free base, using a one gram (20 cc)Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following the general methoddescribed above, to give 106.1 mg of the pure title compound 208 (64%for 2 steps) as a solid: MS: 464 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.57 min.; HPLC(Method A) ret. t.=11.35 min; 300 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.32 (brs, 1H),8.04 (brs, 1H), 7.42 (brs, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H, J=2.9, 8.8 Hz), 6.91-6.82(m, 1H), 6.55-6.45 (m, 1H), 6.34 (brs, 1H), 4.81-4.68 (m, 1H), 4.63-4.49(m, 1H), 3.82-3.67 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.26 (m, 1H),1.95-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.02-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.58 (m, 2H).

Example 209(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the method described in 208C, but substituting2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine with 2-aminopyrazine, the compound from 208B(0.326 mmol) is converted to 102 mg (70% for 2 steps) of the pure titlecompound as a solid. The preparative HPLC purification had a gradientusing 15% solvent B to 83% solvent B over 12 min. MS: 447 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=2.1 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=9.97 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 2H), 7.41 (brs, 1H), 6.94-6.77 (m, 1H),6.49 (brs, 1H), 6.31 (brs, 1H), 4.80-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.44 (m, 1H),3.91-3.60 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.67 (m,1H), 1.02-0.85 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.61 (m, 2H).

Example 210(2S,4S)-N-(4-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the method described in 208C, but substituting2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine with 3-amino-4-chloropyridine, the compoundfrom 208B (0.236 mmol) is converted to 69 mg (61% for 2 steps) of thepure title compound as a solid. The preparative HPLC purification had agradient using 15% solvent B to 85% solvent B over 12 min)-MS: 480, 482(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.07 min.

Example 211(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(pyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the method described in 208C, but substituting2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine with 3-aminopyridine, example 208B (0.241 mmol)is converted to 61 mg (57% for 2 steps) of the pure title compound as asolid. The preparative HPLC purification had a gradient using 15%solvent B to 85% solvent B over 11 min): MS: 446 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=1.84 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=8.61 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.69 (s, 1H), 8.30-8.12 (m, 1H), 7.98, (brs, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H),7.36-7.27 (m, 1H), 6.84 (brs, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H), 6.32 (brs, 1H),4.77-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.42 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.65-2.43 (m, 1H),2.41-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.00-0.80 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.53 (m,2H).

Example 212(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(3-methylisothiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the method described in 208C, but substituting2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine with 5-amino-3-methyl-isothiazole hydrochloride(with twice the amount of isopropylmagnesium chloride added to accountfor the neutralization of the HCl salt), the compound from 208B (0.241mmol) is converted to 62.8 mg (56% for 2 steps) of the pure titlecompound as a solid. The preparative HPLC purification had a gradientusing 15% solvent B to 85% solvent B over 11 min): MS: 466 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=2.07 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=10.48 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 7.39 (s, 1H), 6.92-6.77 (m, 1H), 6.69 (s, 1H), 6.48 (brs, 1H),6.18 (brs, 1H), 4.97-4.68 (m, 1H), 4.53 (brs, 1H), 3.81-3.64 (m, 2H),2.59-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.75 (m, 1H),1.04-0.85 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.62 (m, 2H).

Example 213(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of the compound from 208A (228 mg, 0.617 mmol) and1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (75 mg), is treated sequentially with THF(8 mL), N-methylmorpholine (205 μL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI)(196 mg) is then added last. The reaction is stirred at rt for 1 h andthen at 50° C. for 2 h. This is called reaction “A”. In a separate vial,a cold solution of 2-aminothiazole (370 mg, 3.69 mmol) in THF (3 mL)under nitrogen is prepared. This solution is then treated slowly withswirling with ethylmagnesium bromide (1.0 M in THF; 3.1 mL, 3.1 mmol).After 5 min, this solution was added to the above reaction “A” vial andthe mixture is rapidly swirled under nitrogen. After 25 min, NMP (3 mL)is added and the mixture is stirred at rt for 1.5 h, cooled to −20° C.,and quenched with TFA (290 μL, 3.8 mmol). The reaction mixture is thenpurified by preparative HPLC (using 14% solvent B to 83% solvent B over12 min). The desired fractions containing the product are processed tothe title compound, obtained as its free base, using two one gram (20cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridges, following the generalmethod described above, to give 140.8 mg of the pure title compound (51%for 2 steps) as a solid: MS: 452 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.16 min.; HPLC(Method A) ret. t.=11.06 min; 300 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.40-7.36 (m,1H), 7.35 (d, 1H, J=3.35 Hz), 7.08 (d, 1H, J=3.35 Hz), 6.83-6.80 (m,1H), 6.48-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.24 (brs, 1H), 4.92-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.53 (brs,1H), 3.84-3.68 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.33 (d, 1H, J=13.7 Hz), 1.82(brs, 1H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.69 (m, 2H).

Example 214(2S,4S)-N-(5-chlorothiazol-2-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the method described in 208C, but substituting2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine with 2-amino-5-chlorothiazole hydrochloride(with twice the amount of isopropylmagnesium chloride added to accountfor the neutralization of the HCl salt), the compound from 208B (4.52mmol) is converted to 108 mg (40% for 2 steps). of the pure titlecompound as a solid. The preparative HPLC purification had a gradientusing 17% solvent B to 89% solvent B over 12 min): MS: 488, 486 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.53 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=12.3 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 7.39 (brs, 1H), 7.25-7.24 (m, 1H), 6.84 (brs, 1H), 6.48 (brs,1H), 6.23 (brs, 1H), 4.80 (d, 1H, J=9.8 Hz), 4.53 (brs, 1H), 3.79-3.70(m, 2H), 2.58-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.31 (d, 1H, J=13.7 Hz), 1.84 (brs, 1H),0.98-0.90 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.70 (m, 2H).

Example 215(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(cyclopropylsulfonyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the method described in 208C, but substituting2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine with cyclopropylsulfonamide, the compound from208B (0.127 mmol). is converted to 43.3 mg (72% for 2 steps) of thetitle compound as a solid. The preparative HPLC purification had agradient using 15% solvent B to 85% solvent B over 11 min. MS: 473(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.96 min.; HPLC (Method E) ret. t.=9.06 min; 400MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.41-7.30 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.70 (m, 1H), 6.51-6.38 (m,1H), 6.23 (brs, 1H), 4.60-4.49 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.64 (m,2H), 2.87-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.84(m, 1H), 1.12-0.88 (m, 4H), 0.84-0.65 (m, 4H).

Example 216(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

216A.(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of the material from 1C (1.114 g, 4.05 mmol) and(2S,4R)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (6.46 g, 49.3 mmol) in a48 mL pressure bottle is treated with NMP (23 mL). To this stirredmixture is then added 5 M NaOH (9.4 mL, 47 mmol) and the reaction isflushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 135° C. for 23 h. The crudereaction mixture is poured into water (300 mL) and dichloromethane (200mL). The organic layer is removed and the water layer is treated withaqueous 1.0 N HCl (50 mL,) to pH 2-3 to give a precipitate. Ethylacetate (350 mL) is added and the precipitate dissolves. The organiclayer is washed with water (2×30 mL) and brine (75 mL), and dried(Na₂SO₄). Concentration in vacuo gives the title compound (1.51 g, 100%)as a solid (81% pure by HPLC). This material is used as is as describedbelow: MS: 370 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.27 min; HPLC (Method A) ret.t.=5.33 min.

A vial containing the compound from 216A (227 mg), 2-aminothiazole (480mg), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (107 mg), is treatedsequentially with NMP (3.5 mL), N-methylmorpholine (615 μL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (240 mg).The reaction is stirred at rt for 20 h and then at 50° C. for 60 h. Theproduct is purified by preparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to 85%solvent B over 12 min) to give 61.0 mg (22%) of the title compound 216as a solid; MS: 452 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.8 min; HPLC (Method A) ret.t.=8.84 min; 300 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.41 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 7.38-7.34(m, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 6.84-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.50-6.45 (m, 1H),6.29 (brs, 1H), 4.99-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.64-4.52 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.88 (m, 1H),3.86-3.77 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.01-0.88 (m,2H), 0.83-0.69 (m, 2H).

Example 217(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A vial containing the compound from 216A (103 mg),2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (237 mg), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate(38 mg), is treated sequentially with NMP (2.5 mL), N-methylmorpholine(330 mL), and 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimidehydrochloride (130 mg). The reaction is stirred at rt for 18 h and at48° C. for 3 h. The product is purified by preparative HPLC (using 15%solvent B to 85% solvent B over 12 min) to give 32.3 mg (25%). of thetitle compound as a solid; MS: 464 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.25 min; HPLC(Method A) ret. t.=10.62 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.24 (s, 1H),8.00 (brs, 1H), 7.36 (brs, 1H), 6.99-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.85-6.80 (m, 1H),6.46 (brs, 1H), 6.35 (brs, 1H), 4.79-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.54 (m, 1H),3.90-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.79 (m,1H), 0.94-0.83 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.61 (m, 2H).

Example 218(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxy-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

218A. (2S,4R)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride

A stirred solution of(2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid(25.6 g, 111 mmol), is treated under nitrogen with sodium hydride (9.3g, 388 mmol) and methyl iodide (31.5 g, 222 mmol), using a proceduresimilar to that published for the CBZ analog in J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31,875, except that reflux is carried out for 16 h. The crude extractedproduct of this alkylation reaction,(2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid,is then dissolved in dichloromethane (200 mL), cooled to 0° C., treatedwith 4 N HCl in dioxane (100 mL), and then stirred at room temperatureovernight. After further cooling at −20° C. for 3 h, the precipitate iscollected by filtration, washed with ethyl ether, and dried in vacuo togive 18.5 g (92%) of the pure mono HCl salt of(2S,4R)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid: MS: 146 (M+H)⁺; ¹H NMR(d6-DMSO) δ 14.02 (brs, 1H), 10.30 (brs, 1H), 8.98 (brs, 1H), 4.33-4.22(m, 1H), 4.10 (brs, 1H), 3.43-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.19 (m,1H), 2.45-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.00 (m, 1H); [α]²² _(D)-29.7 (CH₃OH).

218B.(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of the compound from 1C (2.0 g, 7.3 mmol) and(2S,4R)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid-HCl salt, 218A (8.07 g,44.4 mmol) in a 150 mL pressure bottle is treated with NMP (50 mL)followed by 5 M NaOH (17.4 mL, 87 mmol). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.53mL, 8.8 mmol) is then added and the stirred mixture is flushed withnitrogen, sealed, and heated at 135° C. for 26 h. The crude reactionmixture is cooled and poured into water (500 mL) and dichloromethane(500 mL). The organic layer is removed and the aqueous layer isextracted with additional dichloromethane (1×100 mL). The combineddichloromethane layers are extracted with water (150 mL) and thecombined aqueous layers are then acidified with 1.0 N HCl (47 mL) to pH2-3 and extracted with ethyl acetate (600 mL). The ethyl acetate layeris washed water (1×100 mL) and brine (100 mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). Theextract is concentrated in vacuo to a volume of about 25 mL and thenslowly added to rapidly stirred ethyl ether (220 mL) to give aprecipitate. Filtration and drying in vacuo gives 1.50 g of the titlecompound (54%). as a solid which is >95% pure by HPLC: MS: 384 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.14 min.

A vial containing the compound from 218B (30 mg, 0.078 mmol),2-aminothiazole (78 mg), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (11.6 mg),is treated sequentially with NMP (2 mL),1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (18 mg),and then N-methylmorpholine (51 μL). The reaction is stirred at rt for18 h and then purified by preparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to 80%solvent B over 11 min). The desired fractions containing the product areprocessed to the title compound 218, obtained as its free base, using aone gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following thegeneral method described above, to give 12 mg of the pure title compound(33%) as a solid; MS: 466 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.23 min; HPLC (Method A)ret. t.=10.04 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD). δ 7.39 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz),7.34 (brs, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H, J=3.7 Hz), 6.83-6.78 (m, 1H), 6.47-6.43 (m,1H), 6.28 (brs, 1H), 4.85-4.75 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.89 (m,1H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.24 (m,1H), 1.86-1.78 (m, 1H), 0.97-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.69 (m, 2H).

Example 219(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A vial containing the compound from 218B (34 mg, 0.089 mmol),2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (99 mg), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (13mg), is treated sequentially with NMP (1.5 mL),1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (20 mg),and then N-methylmorpholine (58 mL). The reaction is stirred at rt for18 h and then purified by preparative HPLC (using 17% solvent B to 77%solvent B over 12 min). The desired fractions containing the product areprocessed to the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a onegram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following thegeneral method described above, to give 26 mg of the pure title compound(61%) as a solid; MS: 478 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.21 min; HPLC (Method A)ret. t.=9.85 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.24brs, 1H), 8.00 (brs, 1H),7.36 (brs, 1H), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J=8.85, 2.75 Hz), 6.85-6.81 (m, 1H),6.50-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.32 (brs, 1H), 4.73-4.67 (m, 1H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 1H),3.93-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 2.51-2.41 (m, 1H),2.37-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.75 (m, 1H), 0.93-0.85 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.63 (m,2H).

Example 220(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-4-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

220A.(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-4-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of the material from 1C (300 mg, 1.09 mmol) and 3.38 mmol of(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-4-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid' TFA salt[prepared from(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid and methylmagnesium bromide (3 M in diethyl ether), using aprocedure similar to that published in J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 1148 forthe corresponding CBZ analog and phenylmagnesium bromide. The N-bocgroup was removed with TFA in dichloromethane followed by concentrationand drying in vacuo to a constant weight] in a 38 mL pressure bottle istreated with NMP (8 mL) followed by N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.14 mL,6.54 mmol). To this stirred mixture is then added 5 M NaOH (1.28 mL, 6.4mmol). The reaction is flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 135°C. for 24 h, additional 5 M NaOH is added (0.8 mL), and the mixture isthen heated at 135° C. for 36 h. The crude reaction mixture is purifiedby preparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 100% solvent B over 11 min)and the desired fractions containing the product are partiallyconcentrated in vacuo and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×85 mL) to give236 mg (56%) of the title compound as a solid: MS: 384 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=2.1 min; 400 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.54-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.00(m, 1H), 6.62-6.56 (m, 1H), 6.11 (brs, 1H), 4.69 (dd, 1H, J=9.1, 3.0Hz), 3.72-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.91(m, 1H), 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.09-1.04 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.81 (m, 2H).

220B.(1S,4R)-5-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)-1-methyl-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one

A mixture of the compound from 220A (36.7 mg, 0.096 mmol) and1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (14 mg), is treated sequentially with NMP(1.5 mL), N-methylmorpholine (58 μL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (22 mg) isthen added last. The reaction is stirred at rt for 16 h and thenpurified by preparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 100% solvent B over11 min). The desired fractions containing the product are processed tothe title compound, obtained as its free base, using a one gram (20 cc)Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following the general methoddescribed above, to give 15.2 mg of the pure title compound (43%) as asolid; MS: 366 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.19 min.

Using a procedure similar to that described in 208C, the compound of220B (16.3 mg, 0.045 mmol) is transformed into the pure title compound.The preparative HPLC purification used a gradient consisting of 15%solvent B to 85% solvent B over 11 min. The desired fractions containingthe product are processed to the title compound, obtained as its freebase, using a one gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge,following the general method described above, to give 11.8 mg (55%) ofthe pure title compound 220 as a solid: MS: 478 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.23 min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=12.93 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD). δ8.30 (s, 1H), 8.03 (brs, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J=8.9, 2.8Hz), 6.86-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.50-6.45 (m, 1H), 6.30 (brs, 1H), 4.76-4.69 (m,1H), 3.76-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.52 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.37 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.29(m, 1H), 1.85-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 0.92-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.59(m, 2H).

Example 221(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-4-methyl-N-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of the compound from 220A (30 mg, 0.078 mmol) and1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (11.6 mg), is treated sequentially withTHF (1.1 mL), N-methylmorpholine (43 μL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (18 mg) isthen added last. The reaction is stirred at rt for 1 h. This is calledreaction “A”. In a separate vial, a cold solution of 2-aminothiazole(196 mg, 1.96 mmol) in THF (1 mL) under nitrogen is prepared. Thissolution is then treated slowly with swirling with ethylmagnesiumbromide (1.0 M in THF; 1.57 mL, 1.57 mmol). After 10 min, this solutionwas added to the above reaction “A” vial and the mixture is rapidlyswirled under nitrogen. After 30 min, a solution of TFA (121 μL) inmethanol (5 mL) is added and the mixture is then purified by preparativeHPLC (using 15% solvent B to 85% solvent B over 11 min). The desiredfractions containing the product are processed to the title compound,obtained as its free base, using a one gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCXExtraction Cartridge, following the general method described above, togive 14.8 mg of the pure title compound (41% for 2 steps) as a solid:MS: 466 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.22 min; HPLC (Method A). ret. t.=15.15min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ7.41-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 1H),7.10-7.06 (m, 1H), 6.85-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.49-6.45 (m, 1H), 6.23 (brs, 1H),4.85-4.78 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.52 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.38 (m,1H), 2.35-2.29 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.45 (brs, 3H), 0.95-0.88 (m,2H), 0.78-0.68 (m, 2H).

Example 222(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

To a magnetically stirred suspension of the compound from Example 217(79.6 mg, 0.172 mmol), phthalimide (68.1 mg), and triphenylphosphine(145.7 mg) in anhydrous THF (3.4 mL) is added diisopropylazodicarboxylate (106 mL). The reaction is stirred at rt for 45 min,quenched with water, and then purified by preparative HPLC (using 20%solvent B to 100% solvent B over 15 min) Three fourths of the fractionscontaining the product of this example are processed below as describedin Example 223. One fourth of the desired fractions containing theproduct are evaporated in vacuo to give 2.5 mg of the pure titlecompound (as a TFA salt) as a solid: MS: 593 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.59min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.34 (brs, 1H), 8.12-8.05 (m, 1H),7.90-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.84-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.03-6.98 (m,1H), 6.97-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.59-6.53 (m, 1H), 6.18 (s, 1H), 5.10-5.01 (m,1H), 4.79-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.21 (m, 2H), 3.01-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.78(m, 1H), 1.93-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.03-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.73 (m, 2H).

Example 223(2S,4S)-4-amino-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Three fourths of the fractions containing the product of Example 222above are applied to a one gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX ExtractionCartridge, following the general method described above, to give asolution in about 15 mL of the 2 M ammonia in methanol eluent. Thissolution was then treated with hydrazine hydrate (300 mL), stirred at rtfor 14 h, and purified by preparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to 85%solvent B over 12 min). The desired fractions containing the product areprocessed to the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a onegram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following thegeneral method described above, to give 3.8 mg of the pure titlecompound as a solid: MS: 463 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.88 min; HPLC (MethodA) ret. t.=9.76 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ8.26 (s, 1H), 8.05 (brs,1H), 7.36 (brs, 1H), 6.98 (dd, 1H, 8.9, 3.1 Hz), 6.86-6.81 (m, 1H),6.49-6.45 (m, 1H), 6.29 (brs, 1H), 4.70-4.63 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.87 (m, 1H),3.74-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.06 (m,1H), 1.83-1.74 (m, 1H), 0.92-0.85 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.64 (m, 2H).

Example 2241,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

224A.(2S,4S)-4-azido-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A solution of (2S,4S)-Boc-4-azidoproline (1.0 g, 3.90 mmol) is dissolvedin methylene chloride (20 mL) and treated with TFA (about 5 mL). Thesolution is stirred at rt for 1.5 h, evaporated in vacuo into a 48 mLpressure bottle, then dried under high vacuum overnight to give syrup.To this is added the compound of 1C (300 mg, 1.09 mmol), NMP (4.5 mL),N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.5 mL, 8.6 mmol), and 5 M NaOH (2.2 mL, 11mmol). The reaction is flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated to 130°C. for 3 h and then at 108° C. for 117 h. The product is purified bypreparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 85% solvent B over 11 min). andthe desired fractions containing the product were partially concentratedin vacuo and extracted with ethyl acetate to obtain, followingevaporation in vacuo, 217 mg (50%) of the title compound which was 70%pure by HPLC and was used directly as described below: MS: 395 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.25 min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=9.88 min.

Using the procedure described in Example 219, the compound of 224A (75mg) and 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (191 mg) are transformed into the titlecompound 224 following purification by preparative HPLC (using 15%solvent B to 85% solvent B over 12 min). The desired fractionscontaining the product are processed using a one gram (20 cc) WatersOasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following the general method describedabove, to give 9.9 mg of the title compound (11%), obtained as its freebase, as a solid which was 91% pure by analytical HPLC: MS: 489 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.41 min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=14.31 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.29 (brs, 1H), 8.01 (brs, 1H), 7.42 (brs, 1H), 6.99 (dd, 1H,J=8.9, 2.8 Hz), 6.89-6.85 (m, 1H), 6.52-6.48 (m, 1H), 6.28 (brs, 1H),4.76-4.71 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.45 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.72 (m,1H), 2.66-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.81(m, 2H), 0.71-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.59-0.50 (m, 1H).

Example 225(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

225A. (2S,4S)-4-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid

To a stirred solution of (S)-1-tert-butyl 2-methyl4-oxopyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (Boc-Pro(4-keto)-OMe; 2.42 g, 9.95mmol), is added under nitrogen dimethylamine (2.0 M in THF; 13 mL, 26mmol) and glacial acetic acid (950 mg, 16 mmol). To this solution isadded sodium cyanoborohydride (1.0 M in THF; 21 mL, 21 mmol) and thereaction is stirred at rt for 1 h. Additional dimethylamine (2.0 M inTHF; 10 mL, 20 mmol) is then added, the reaction is stirred at rt for 1h, and evaporated in vacuo. The resulting crude solid is digested withethyl acetate (250 mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL),and water (50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer is washed with water (30 mL)and brine (125 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), and evaporated in vacuo to give 2.49g of a syrup. This material is dissolved in dioxane (65 mL) and water(30 mL) and treated with aqueous 2 M sodium hydroxide (9.5 mL, 19 mmol).The reaction mixture is stirred at rt for 3 h, evaporated to dryness invacuo, and then dried on high vacuum for 30 min. The resulting materialis treated with methylene chloride (60 mL) and slowly TFA is added(about 30 mL). The reaction mixture is allowed to stand at rt for 1 h,concentrated in vacuo, and further dried on high vacuum to give 11.2 gof a viscous syrup of the crude title compound. The syrup is dissolvedin methanol (30 mL), treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (2.0 mL),evaporated into a 48 mL pressure bottle, dried on high vacuum for 2 h,and then used directly:MS: 159 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=0.23 min.(Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm 10 micron column, flow rate of 4 mL/min and alinear gradient from 100% A (10% Methanol-90% Water-0.1% TFA) to 10% B(90% Methanol-10% Water-0.1% TFA) over 4 min).

225B.(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

The entire amount of the crude material from 225A(2S,4S)-4-(dimethylamino)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid; maximum 9.95mmol) in a 48 mL pressure bottle is treated with NMP (15 mL) andN,N-diisopropylethylamine (2.0 mL, 11.5 mmol). To this stirred mixtureis then added 5 M NaOH (8.0 mL, 40 mmol) followed by the material from1C (414 mg, 1.51 mmol). The reaction is flushed with nitrogen, sealed,and heated at 120° C. for 44 h. The crude reaction mixture is cooled tort, treated with a few mL of methanol, filtered through Celite, and thenfiltered through a Supelco 10 g DSC-18 cartridge, using some methanol towash the material from the cartridge. The solution is evaporatedpartially and then purified by preparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to100% solvent B over 11 min). The desired fractions containing theproduct are concentrated in vacuo to give 238.7 mg (39.9%) of the titlecompound (>90% pure) as a solid; MS 397 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.58 HPLC(Method A) ret. t.=10.00 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ7.45-7.41 (m, 1H),6.93-6.88 (m, 1H), 6.57-6.52 (m, 1H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 4.72-4.67 (m, 1H),4.27-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.01 (s, 6H),3.05-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.08-1.02 (m,2H), 0.89-0.84 (m, 2H).

The compound from 225B (30 mg, 0.076 mmol), 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (90mg), and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (16 mg), is treated sequentiallywith NMP (2 mL), N-methylmorpholine (120 μL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (55 mg).The reaction is stirred at rt for 15 h, and then purified by preparativeHPLC (using 15% solvent B to 82% solvent B over 11 min). The desiredfractions containing the product are processed to the title compound,obtained as its free base, using a one gram (20 cc). Waters Oasis® MCXExtraction Cartridge, following the general method described above, togive 9.4 mg of the title compound 225 (nearly equal mixture of C-2proline epimers) as a solid. Separation of these epimers is achieved bypreparative silica gel chromatography using a (0.5 mm Whatman plate witha preconcentrating zone). The plate is developed with ethylacetate:methanol (92:8) containing 0.5% triethylamine The fastesteluting band is the title compound, obtained by eluting the cut silicagel with ethyl acetate/methanol and evaporation in vacuo to give 5.8 mgof the pure title compound as a solid: MS: 491 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.78min; HPLC (Method A). ret. t.=11.50 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.26(brs, 1H), 8.07-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.00-6.94 (m, 1H),6.89-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.52-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.23 (brs, 1H), 4.65-4.59 (m, 1H),4.23-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.65 (m,1H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 2.12-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.78 (m, 1H), 0.94-0.84 (m,2H), 0.73-0.66 (m, 2H).

Example 226(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

226A. (2S,4S)-1-tert-butyl 2-methyl4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate

A mixture of (2S,4S)-1-tert-butyl 2-methyl4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (10 g, 40.7 mmol), imidazole(5.54 g, 81.4 mmol) and t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (6.6 g, 45 mmol)in DMF (50 ml) was stirred and r.t. for 4 days. The mixture was dilutedwith EtOAc and washed with H₂O and sat. NH₄Cl. The organic layer wasdried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. 14 g of an oil product was obtainedand used without further purification.

226B. (4S)-1-tert-butyl 2-methyl4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate

LDA (2M in Heptane/THF/ethylbenzene, 48.5 ml, 97 mmol) was mixed with100 ml THF at −78° C. and stirred for 5mins. (2S,4S)-1-tert-butyl2-methyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate (14g, 38.92 mmol) in 80 ml THF was added dropwise at −78° C. The mixturewas stirred at −40° C. for 1 hr. Then the mixture was stirred at −78° C.for 10 mins. MeI (4.85 ml, 77.8 mmol) was slowly added and the mixturewas stirred from −78° C. to r.t. overnight. The mixture was diluted withether and quenched with 5% HCl. The organic layer was separated andwashed with NaHCO₃, brine, dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated. 18.5 g ofcrude product as a diastereomeric mixture at C-2 was obtained.

226C.(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of the compound IC (500 mg, 1.8 mmol) and 226B (2250 mg, 6mmol) and KOH (320 mg, 5.7 mmol) in a 25 ml microwave tube is treatedwith NMP (4 mL) and heated at 180° C. for 10mins. This mixture was thensealed and heated in a microwave reactor for 20 hours at 195° C. Thecrude reaction mixture is cooled to r.t. and then poured into aq. NaHCO₃and dichloromethane. The organic layer is extracted with additionalwater 2 times. The combined water layers are slowly treated with aqueous1.0 N HCl to pH 2-3. This aqueous layer was applied onto a 6 g HLBcartridge, washed with water and eluted with MeOH, then concentrated.The solid was dissolved in MeOH and purified by prep-HPLC to give 100 mgof the title compound. MS:384 (M+H)+

226D.(1S,4S)-5-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)-4-methyl-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one

A mixture of compound 226C (92 mg, 0.24 mmol), HOBt (49 mg, 0.36 mmol),N-methylmorpholine (0.1 ml) and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (67 mg,0.36 mmol) was suspended in 10 ml THF and stirred at r.t. for 2 days.The mixture was concentrated and used as is in the next step. MS:366(M+H)+.

A cold solution of 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (81 mg, 0.73 mmol) in THF (1mL) is treated slowly with stirring with isopropylmagnesium chloride(2.0 M in THF; 0.35 mL, 0.7 mmol). After 5 min, the crude compound 226D[(1S,4R)-5-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methyl-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one](<0.13mmol) in 3 ml THF is added and the mixture is rapidly stirred for 1 hourat r.t. The mixture was blown to dryness under N₂ stream, re-dissolvedin MeOH and purified by preparative HPLC. The fractions containing theproduct are processed to the title compound, obtained as its free base,using a one gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge,following the general method described above, to give 10.8 mg of thepure title compound. HPLC R.t.=5.56 min, conditions “d” as defined intable 7, LCMS R.t.=1.06 min, conditions “a” as defined in table 7, MS:478 (M+H)+.

Example 227(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-2-methyl-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of pyrazin-2-amine (69 mg, 0.73 mmol) in THF (1 mL) istreated slowly with stirring with isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M inTHF; 0.35 mL, 0.7 mmol). After 5 min, the crude compound 226D[(1S,4S)-5-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methyl-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one](<0.13mmol) in 3 ml THF is added and the mixture is rapidly stirred for 1 hourat r.t. The mixture was blown to dryness under N2 stream, re-dissolvedinto MeOH and purified by preparative HPLC. The fractions containing theproduct are processed to the title compound, obtained as its free base,using a one gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge,following the general method described above, to give 5.4 mg of the puretitle compound. HPLC R.t. 5.37 min, conditions “d” as defined in table7, LCMS R.t.=1.02 min, conditions “a” as defined in table 7, MS: 461(M+H)+.

HPLC Conditions for Examples 228 to 240

Unless otherwise indicated herein, Analytical Reverse Phase HPLCretention times (Ret Time) were obtained using a Phenomenex S10 column 46×50 mm with a 4 mL/min flow rate and 3 min. linear gradient elutionstarting with 100% solvent A (10% MeOH, 90% H₂O, 0.1% TFA) and 0%solvent B, and ended with 100% solvent B (90% MeOH, 10% H₂O, 0.1% TFA)and 0% solvent A). UV detection was conducted at 220 nm.

Preparative Reverse Phase (RP)HPLC was performed with a linear gradientelution using H₂O/MeOH mixtures buffered with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acidand detection at 220 nm on one of the following columns. ShimadzuS50DS-VP 20×100 mm (flow rate=9 mL/min), or YMC S10 ODS 50×500 mm (flowrate=50 mL/min), or YMC S10 ODS 30×500 mm (flow rate=20 mL/min).

Example 228(S)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

228A. 1-Isopropyl-4-nitro-1H-imidazole

A mixture of 4-nitro-1H-imidazole (1.0 gm, 8.8 mmole), 2-bromopropane(1.1 gm, 8.8 mmole), potassium carbonate (1.8 gm, 13 mmole) andtetrabutylammonium iodide (0.10 gm, 0.27 mmole) in dry acetonitrile (10mL) was heated at reflux for 7 hr. After cooling to room temperature,the reaction was filtered and the solvents removed from the filtrate.The residue was chromatograped (silica gel column, gradient elution withmixtures of dichloromethane containing 0 to 50% ethyl acetate) to affordthe product as a solid (0.52 gm, 39% yield). HPLC retention time=1.12min; MS (M+H)⁺=155, ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 1.56 (d, J=6.71 Hz, 6H)4.53-4.61 (m, 1H) 7.85 (s, 1H) 8.27 (s, 1H).

228B.2-Chloro-N-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

A mixture of 1-isopropyl-4-nitro-1H-imidazole (5.0 gm, 34 mmole) and 10%palladium on carbon (5.0 gm) in isopropanol (25 mL) under hydrogen(balloon). was vigorously stirred for 15 hr. The catalyst was removed byfiltration and the filtrate was treated with 1B (5.0 gm, 26 mmole) anddiisopropylethylamine (9.1 mL, 52 mmole) for 1 hr at room temperature.The product, 228B, was collected by filtration, washed with a littlecold isopropanol, and dried (5.0 gm, 74% yield). HPLC retentiontime=2.11 min; MS (M+H)⁺=279.

A mixture of 228B (0.25 gm, 0.91 mmole), S-proline (0.523 gm, 4.6mmole), diisopropylethylamine (0.15 mL, 0.91 mmole) and an aqueoussolution of NaOH (0.91 mL, 5.0 N, 4.6 mmole) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) washeated in a microwave reactor at 150° C. for 4.5 hr. After cooling toroom temperature, the solvents were removed. The residue was dilutedwith water and washed with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase wasacidified with hydrochloric acid and the product was isolated bypreparative HPLC. The fractions containing the desired product werecombined and the solvents removed to leave the trifluoroacetic acidsalts of(S)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid: MS: 356 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 1.98 min (Phenomenex-Luna S103.0×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min). A portion (103 mg, 0.29mmole) of this was taken and treated with (R)-tert-butylpiperidin-3-ylcarbamate (0.116 gm, 0.58 mmole) and diisopropylethylamine(0.05 mL, 0.29 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide (1.0 mL) at 0° C. PyBOP(158 mg, 0.3 mmole) was added with stirring and after 1 hr, the reactionwas diluted with methanol, the product was separated by preparativeHPLC. The solvent was removed from the HPLC fractions that contained(R)-tert-butyl3-((S)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-5-carboxamido)piperidine-1-carboxylateand the residue was treated with a 5.0 N solution of HCl in methanol for1 hr at room temperature. This was applied onto a cartridge ofPhenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer, flushed withmethanol and then the product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammoniain methanol. Removal of the solvents left 228 (100 mg, 96% yield). HPLCretention time=1.60 min; MS (M+H)⁺=438.

Examples 229 to 235

Table 11 contains Examples 229 to 235 which were prepared using theprocedure described in Example 228.

TABLE 11 HPLC Example Compound ret. t. (min.) (M + H)⁺ 229

1.85 249 230

1.60 328 231

1.67 410 232

1.75 263 233

1.88 342 234

1.61 424 235

1.65 452

Example 236(S)-1-(4-(1-Isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A mixture of 228 (0.06 gm, 0.14 mmole), formaldehyde (37 wt % in water)(48 ul, 1.1 mmole), sodium cyanoborohydride, 1.0 M solution intetrahydrofuran (0.35 mL, 0.35 mmole) and acetic acid (0.007 mL, 0.42mmole) in methanol (1.5 mL) was stirred for 1 hr at room temperature.The product was isolated by preparative HPLC. The fractions containingthe desired product were combined and applied onto a cartridge ofPhenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer, flushed withmethanol, and the product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia inmethanol. Removal of the solvents left 236 (45 mg, 71% yield). HPLCretention time=2.03 min; MS (M+H)⁺=452.

Example 237(S)-1-(4-(1-cyclopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

237A. Ethyl-1-cyclopropyl-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylate

This was prepared from cyclopropylamine using the procedure described inOrganic Letters, 2002, 4, 4133. HPLC retention time=1.02 min; MS(M+H)⁺=181; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.96-1.01 (m, 2H) 1.02-1.07 (m,2H) 1.35 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 3H) 3.37 (dt, J=7.02, 3.05 Hz, 1H) 4.33 (q,J=7.02 Hz, 2H) 7.59 (s, 1H). 7.63 (d, J=1.22 Hz, 1H).

237B. 1-Cyclopropyl-1H-imidazole-4-carbohydrazide

Compound 237A was converted to 237B using a procedure analogous to thatdescribed in Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, 2001, 107, 147: HPLCretention time=0.28 min; MS (M+H)⁺=167, ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm1.02-1.10 (m, 4 H) 3.54 (ddd, J=7.40, 3.59, 3.36 Hz, 1H) 7.70 (s, 1H)7.74 (s, 1H).

237C. 1-Cyclopropyl-1H-imidazole-4-carbonyl azide

Compound 237B was converted to 237C using a procedure analogous to thatdescribed in Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, 2001, 107, 147: HPLCretention time=0.76 min; MS (M+H)⁺=178; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CD₃OD) δ ppm1.05-1.12 (m, 4H) 3.58 (ddd, J=10.91, 7.10, 3.97 Hz, 1H) 7.87 (s, 1H)7.95 (s, 1H).

237D. tert-Butyl 1-cyclopropyl-1H-imidazole-4-ylcarbamate

Compound 237C was converted to 237D using a procedure analogous to thatdescribed in Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, 2001, 107, 147: HPLCretention time=1.23 min; MS (M+H)⁺=224: ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ0.92-0.97 (m, 4 H) 1.46-1.53 (m, 9H) 3.30 (s, 1H) 7.07 (s, 1H) 7.30 (s,1H) 7.82 (s, 1H).

237E. 1-Cyclopropyl-1H-imidazole-4-amine

A solution of 237D (0.60 gm, 2.3 mmole) in a 5.0 N solution of HCl inmethanol was left stirring at room temperature for 1 hr. This wasapplied onto a Phenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer,flushed with methanol, and the product was eluted with a 2 N solution ofammonia in methanol. Removal of the solvents left 237E, (0.20 gm; 59%yield). ¹H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 0.87 (m, 4H) 3.21 (s, 1H) 6.27 (s, 1H)7.16 (br s, 1H).

237F.2-Chloro-N-(1-cyclopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

This was prepared from 1-cyclopropyl-1H-imidazole-4-amine and 237E asdescribed for 1C: HPLC retention time=2.15 min; MS (M+H)⁺=277.

A mixture of 237F (0.2 gm, 0.73 mmole), S-proline (0.42 gm, 3.6 mmole),diisopropylethylamine (0.12 mL, 0.73 mmole) and an aqueous solution ofNaOH (0.73 mL, 5.0 N, 3.7 mmole) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was heated in amicrowave reactor at 150° C. for 10 hr. After cooling to roomtemperature, the solvents were removed. The residue was diluted withwater and washed with methylene chloride. The aqueous phase wasacidified with hydrochloric acid and the product was isolated bypreparative HPLC. The fractions containing the desired product werecombined and the solvents removed to leave the trifluoroacetic acidsalts of(S)-1-(4-(1-cyclopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid: HPLC Ret Time: 2.27 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 3min gradient, 4 mL/min); MS: 354 (M+H)⁺. A portion (110 mg, 0.3 mmole)of this was taken and treated with (R)-tert-butylpiperidin-3-ylcarbamate (0.12 gm, 0.6 mmole) and diisopropylethylamine(0.052 mL, 0.3 mmole) in dry dimethylformamide (1.5 mL) at 0° C. PyBOP(164 mg, 0.3 mmole) was added with stirring and after 1 hr, the reactionwas diluted with methanol, and the product was separated by preparativeHPLC. The solvent was removed from the HPLC fractions that contained(R)-tert-butyl3-((S)-1-(4-(1-cyclopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-5-carboxamido)piperidine-1-carboxylateand the residue was treated with a 5.0 N solution of HCl in methanol for1 hr at room temperature. This was then applied onto a cartridge ofPhenomenex Strata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer, flushed withmethanol, and the product was eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia inmethanol. Removal of the solvents left 237 (80 mg, 68% yield). HPLCretention time=2.12 min; MS (M+H)⁺=436.

Example 238(S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

238A.(S)-1-(4-(1-Isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of 228B (0.15 gm, 0.5 mmole),1(S)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (0.35 gm, 2.7 mmole), sodiumtert-butoxide (0.256 gm, 2.7 mmole). and K₂CO₃ (75 mg, 0.5 mmole) in1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (4 mL) was heated in a microwave reactor at190° C. for 20 hr. After cooling to room temperature, the product wasisolated by preparative HPLC. The fractions containing the desiredproduct were combined and the solvents removed to leave thetrifluoroacetic acid salts: HPLC retention time=1.5 min; MS (M+H)⁺=370.

The mixture obtained from Example 238A (0.1 gm, 0.27 mmole),6-fluoropyridine-3-amine (0.3 gm, 2.7 mmole), diisopropylethylamine(0.060 mL, 0.35 mmole) and HATU (0.1 gm, 0.27 mmole) in drydimethylformamide (0.15 mL) was stirred 16 hr at room temperature. Theproduct was isolated by preparative HPLC. The fractions containing thedesired product were combined and applied onto a cartridge of PhenomenexStrata-X-C 33 um cation mixed-mode polymer, flushed with methanol andthe product eluted with a 2 N solution of ammonia in methanol. Removalof the solvents left 238 (75 mg, 60% yield): HPLC retention time=2.09min; MS (M+H)⁺=464.

Example 239(S)-1-(4-(1-cyclopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

This was prepared from 237F and (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid according to the procedure described for 238: HPLC retentiontime=2.02 min; MS (M+H)⁺=462.

Example 240(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-piperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

240A.(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of2-chloro-N-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine228B (140 mg, 0.507 mmol) and (2S,4S)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (Bachem, 997 mg, 7.61 mmol) in a 15 mL pressure bottle is treatedwith NMP (4.5 mL). To this stirred mixture is then added 5 M NaOH (1.48mL, 7.4 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (140 μL, 0.811 mmol), andthe reaction is flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 135° C. for15 h. The crude reaction mixture is cooled to rt, filtered through a 45mμ frit and purified by preparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 70%solvent B over 10 min). The desired fractions containing the product areevaporated to dryness to give 205 mg of the title compound as a possibleTFA salt; MS: 372 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.52 min.

The title compound was prepared from 240A and (R)-tert-butylpiperidin-3-ylcarbamate (0.2 gm, 1.0 mmole) according to the proceduredescribe for 228: HPLC retention time=1.47 min; MS (M+H)⁺=454.

Example 241(2S,4S)-4-Hydroxy-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from 240 and formaldehyde (37 wt % inwater) according to the procedure described for 236: HPLC retentiontime=1.48 min; MS (M+H)⁺=468.

Example 242(2S,4S)-N-((R)-1-Cyclopropylpiperidin-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from 240 and(1-ethoxycyclopropoxy)trimethylsilane as described for 89: HPLCretention time=1.82 min; MS (M+H)⁺=492.

Example 243(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-((R)-1-isopropylpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from 240 and acetone as described for92: HPLC retention time=1.83 min; MS (M+H)⁺=494.

HPLC Conditions for Examples 244 to 246

In the examples below, the Analytical Reverse Phase HPLC ret. t. wereobtained on a Shimadzu HPLC system with the following solvents. UVdetection was conducted at 254 nM. Waters X-Terra HPLC column, 4.6×150mm, 3.5 micron, 1 mL/min flow rate, linear gradient from 95% A (95:5Water:CH₃CN, 10 mM NH₄OAc, pH 6.8)/5% B (90:10 CH₃CN:Water, 10 mMNH₄OAc, pH 6.8) to 100% B over 15 min. UV detection was conducted at 254nM.

Preparative Reverse Phase (RP)HPLC was performed using a Waters Atlantis30×100 mm 5 micron column with linear gradient elution using the statedratio of solvent A (10% Methanol-90% Water-0.1% TFA) and solvent B (90%Methanol-10% Water-0.1% TFA) over the stated time period (typically from10-13 min) A typical example would have the linear gradient from 15% B(85% A) to 90% B (10% A) over 12 min. UV detection was conducted at 254nM.

Several of the final products are isolated as their free bases bypassing the appropriate fractions from the preparative HPLC purification(using the method described above) through a 1 gram (20 cc) or 6 gram(35 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge. Elution with HPLCmethanol serves to concentrate the product on the cartridge and toremove the TFA. Subsequent elution with 2.0M NH₃ in methanol (Aldrich),followed by evaporation, gives the free base of the final products.

Example 244(2S,4S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

244A.(1S,4R)-5-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one

A mixture of the compound from 240A (102 mg, 0.275 mmol) and1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (19 mg), is treated sequentially with THF(4 mL), N-methylmorpholine (181 μL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (58 mg).The reaction is stirred at rt for 1 h, and then the volatiles areevaporated and the crude material is dried under high vacuum and useddirectly as described below without further purification: MS: 352(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.11 min.

A magnetically stirred solution of 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (184 mg,1.64 mmol) in THF (7 mL) under nitrogen is cooled in an ice water bathand is then treated slowly with isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M inTHF; 800 μL, 1.6 mmol). After 15 min, the material from 244A (0.137mmol) is added and the mixture is rapidly stirred under nitrogen. After30 min at rt, the reaction mixture is cooled again in an ice bath and acold solution of TFA (123 μL, 3 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) is added. Themixture is then purified by preparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 70%solvent B over 11 min). The desired fractions containing the product areprocessed to the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a onegram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following thegeneral method described above, to give 26 mg of the pure title compoundas a solid: MS: 466 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.67 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret.t.=13.39 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.99 (m, 1H),7.48 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J=8.9, 2.8 Hz), 6.86(brs, 1H), 6.49-6.46 (m, 1H), 4.72 (d, 1H, J-10.0 Hz), 4.58-4.54 (m,1H), 4.34-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.73 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.31(m, 1H), 1.45-1.37 (m, 6H).

Example 245(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[L2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the method described in 244, but substituting2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine with 2-aminopyrazine, the compound from 244A(0.137 mmol) is converted to 23.5 mg of the pure title compound as asolid. The preparative HPLC purification has a gradient using 10%solvent B to 70% solvent B over 11 min. MS: 449 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=1.62 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=15.8 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (d₆-DMSO-)δ 10.37 (brs, 1H), 9.99 (brs, 1H), 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.33 (brs, 2H), 7.55(brs, 1H), 7.42 (brs, 1H), 7.41 (brs, 1H), 7.15 (brs, 1H), 6.42-6.38 (m,1H), 5.27 (brs, 1H), 4.73-4.67 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.40 (m. 1H), 4.39-4.32 (m,1H), 3.70-3.62 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.35(m, 6H).

Example 246(2S,4R)—N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

246A.(2S,4R)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of2-chloro-N-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine228B (154 mg, 0.556 mmol) and (2S,4R)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid-HCl salt (218A) (984 mg, 5.42 mmol) in a 15 mL pressure bottle istreated with NMP (5 mL). To this stirred mixture is then added 5 M NaOH(2.14 mL, 10.7 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (140 μL, 0.811 mmol),and the reaction is flushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 135° C.for 22 h. The crude reaction mixture is cooled to rt, filtered, andpurified by preparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 80% solvent B over11 min). The desired fractions containing the product are evaporated todryness to give 187 mg of the title compound as possible TFA salt; MS:386 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.68 min.

Following the procedure described in 219, 246A (0.221 mmol) is converted(the preparative HPLC purification conditions used are 15% B to 80% Bover 11 min) to the free base of the title compound as a solid.; MS: 480(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.76 min; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=12.94 min; 500MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.04-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.49 (brs, 1H),7.42 (brs, 1H), 7.36 (brs, 1H), 6.98 (dd, 1H, J=8.9, 2.8 Hz), 6.84 (brs,1H), 6.49-6.46 (m, 1H), 4.68 (t, 1H), 4.36-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.16 (m,1H), 3.98-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 2.57-2.50 (m,1H), 2.34-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.43 (d, 6H, J=6.7 Hz).

Example 2471-(4-(1-Isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

1-(4-(1-Isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid was prepared using the same method described in example 163H using228B and 163G as starting materials. MS: 398 (M+H)⁺; HPLC Ret Time: 2.74min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 4 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Example 248(S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

(S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamidewas prepared using the same method as described for Example 165. Theracemic mixture was separated by SFC chiracel OD-H column, 4.6×250 mm, 5um over 25 min. The fraction s with t=14.51 min. were collected. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 400 MHz). δ 8.15 (1H, m), 7.82 (1H, m), 7.39 (1H, m), 7.15 (1H,s), 6.93 (1H, dd, J=2.8, 8.0 Hz), 6.84 (1H, br s), 6.48 (1H, dd, J=2.5,4.3 Hz), 4.11 (1H, m), 3.64 (1H, d, J=10.6 Hz), 3.46 (1H, d, J=10.9 Hz),2.42 (1H, d, J=13.3 Hz), 2.04 (1H, d, J=13.4 Hz), 1.73 (3H, s), 1.29(3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.23 (9H, m). MS: 492 (M+H)⁺HPLC Ret Time: 3.35 min(Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Example 249(S)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2,4,4-trimethyl-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

(S)-1-(4-(1-Isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2,4,4-trimethyl-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamidewas prepared using the same method as described for example 248. Theracemic mixture was separated by SFC chiracel OD-H column, 4.6×250 mm, 5um over 20 min. The fractions with t=8.52 min were collected. ¹H NMR(CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 9.31 (1H, s), 8.23 (1H, m), 8.22 (1H, m), 7.36-7.39(2H, m), 7.17 (1H, s), 6.81 (1H, br s), 6.46 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 4.5 Hz),4.23 (1H, h, J=6.8 Hz), 3.63 (1H, d, J=10.6 Hz), 3.49 (1H, d, J=10.8Hz), 2.46 (1H, d, J=13.3 Hz), 2.02 (1H, d, J=13.4 Hz), 1.73 (3H, s),1.38 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.34 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.22 (3H, s), 1.20 (3H,s). HPLC (phenomenex-luna 4.6×150 mm over 25 min) Ret Time=16.90 min.MS: 475 (M+H)⁺HPLC Ret Time: 3.22 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mmcolumn, 3 min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Example 250(S)-1-(4-(3-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4,4-difluoro-N-((R)-1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

250A. (S)-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid

To a solution of(S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid(500 mg, 1.99 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was added 4N HCl dioxane (3 mL).The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 6 h. Concentration gave anoil which was used for the next step without purification (480 mg,100%). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ 4.76 (1H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 3.79-3.87 (2H,m), 2.91-3.03 (1H, m), 2.73-2.82 (1H, m).

250B.(S)-1-(4-(3-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of 1C (250 mg, 0.91 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (117 mg, 0.91mmol), (S)-4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (920mg, 4.55 mmol), 5 N NaOH aqueous solution (0.85 mL, 4.32 mmol), andN-methylpyrrolidione (3 mL) was heated to 160° C. in microwave for 20 h.After cooling to room temperature, the crude product was purified byprep. HPLC to give compound (250) (163 mg, 46%). MS: 390 (M+H)⁺;HPLC RetTime: 3.71 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 5 min gradient, 4mL/min).

Compound 250 was prepared using 4,4-difluoro. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, 400 MHz) δ7.37 (1H, m), 6.83 (1H, m), 6.47 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 4.5 Hz), 6.30 (1H, brs), 4.71 (1H, dd, J=3.8, 10.1 Hz), 3.92-4.02 (3H, m), 2.79-2.91 (1H, m),2.41-2.61 (3H, m), 2.16 (3H, s), 1.88-1.99 (3H, m), 1.39-1.58 (3H, m),1.21-1.26 (1H, m), 0.94-0.98 (2H, m), 0.81 (2H, m). HPLC(phenomenex-luna 4.6×150 mm over 25 min) Ret Time=16.75 min. MS: 486(M+H)⁺HPLC Ret Time: 2.81 min (Phenomenex-Luna S10 4.6×50 mm column, 3min gradient, 4 mL/min).

Example 251 (2S,4S)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid

A stirred solution of(2S,4S)-1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid(35.9 g, 135.4 mmol) in dry THF (870 mL) is treated under nitrogen withsodium hydride (11.78 g, 491 mmol) and methyl iodide (38.5 g, 271 mmol),using a procedure similar to that published in J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31,875, except that reflux is carried out for 16 h. The crude extractedproduct of this alkylation reaction,(2S,4S)-1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, isthen dissolved in methanol (200 mL), treated with 6.2 g of 20% palladiumhydroxide on carbon, and stirred at room temperature overnight under 1atmosphere of hydrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered, washed withmethanol, and evaporated in vacuo. The resulting solid is suspended indichloromethane (450 mL). and filtered to give 11.5 g (91%) of the puretitle compound: MS: 146 (M+H)⁺; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (d6-DMSO) δ

Example 252(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To solid (2S,4S)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (2.43 g, 16.7mmol) in a 48 mL pressure bottle is added NMP (18 mL)) followed by 5 MNaOH (3.2 mL, 16 mmol). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.0 mL, 17.2 mmol) isadded and the stirred mixture is treated with the compound from Example1C (2.05 g, 7.45 mmol). The vessel is flushed with nitrogen, sealed, andheated at 135° C. for 21 h. The crude reaction mixture is cooled andpoured into water (400 mL) and acidified slowly with 1 NHCL (30 mL) topH 2-3. The resulting precipitate is collected by filtration, washedwith water (50 mL) and dried in vacuo to give 1.8 g (63%) of the titlecompound, 89% pure by HPLC. The combined aqueous layers are thenextracted with ethyl acetate (700 mL). The ethyl acetate layer is washedwater (2×100 mL). and brine (200 mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). The extract isconcentrated in vacuo to give 1.40 g of additional title compound as asolid which is >92% pure by HPLC: MS: 384 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.14 min.

Example 253 (2S,4S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

The entire amount of the compound from Example 252 (3.2 g) is dissolvedin methanol (500 mL) and treated with 1-hydroxy-7-aza-benzotriazole (90mg), N-methylmorpholine (800 mL), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (2.03 g,10.6 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature overnight,concentrated in vacuo, and extracted with ethyl acetate (450 mL). Theethyl acetate layer is washed with water (2×275 mL) and brine (100 mL),and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residueis dissolved in methylene chloride and purified by silica gelchromatography using a Biotage instrument (see above for generaldetails) with a Flash 40+M cartridge using a gradient from 100%dichloromethane to 10% methanol in dichloromethane. The desiredfractions containing the product were evaporated in vacuo to give 2.70 g(91%) of the title compound as a solid which is used directly asdescribed below: MS: 398 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.34 min.

Example 254(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (3.30 g, 29.4 mmol) in dryTHF (40 mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 13.8 mL, 27.6 mmol). After10-15 min, the compound of Example 253 is added (1.06 g, 2.68 mmol) andthe mixture is stirred at rt for 70 min. A cold solution of TFA (2.5 mL)in methanol (20 mL) is added and the mixture is then purified bypreparative HPLC (using 23% solvent B to 80% solvent B over 11 min). Thedesired fractions containing the product (ret t=10.41 min) are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a 6 gram (35 cc)and a 1 gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, followingthe general method described above, to give 566.2 mg (44.4%) of the puretitle compound of Example 254 as a solid: MS: 478 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.35 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 mingradient) ret. t.=15.61 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.32 (s, 1H), 8.04(brs, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 8.9 Hz), 6.88 (d, 1H,J=3.4 Hz), 6.52-6.50 (m, 1H), 6.34 (brs, 1H), 4.72 (d, 1H, J=10.4 Hz),4.15 (brs, 1H), 3.90-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.71 (dd, 1H, J=4.0, 11.6 Hz), 3.37(s, 3H), 2.55 (d, 1H, J=13.7 Hz), 2.49-2.41 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.78 (m, 1H),0.96-0.85 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.71 (m, 1H), 0.66-0.60 (m, 1H). Note thatduring preparative HPLC, a lesser amount of the earlier eluting C-2proline ring epimer can be obtained similarly.

Example 255(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxy-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 2-aminopyrazine (7.2 g, 75.8 mmol) in dry THF (125mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 36.0 mL, 72.0 mmol). After10-15 min, the compound of Example 253 is added (2.00 g, 5.04 mmol) andthe mixture is stirred at rt for 45 min. A cold solution of TFA (5.8 mL)in methanol (12 mL) is added and the mixture is then purified bypreparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to 85% solvent B over 11 min). Thedesired fractions containing the product (ret t=10.61 min) are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base, using one 6 gram (35cc) and two 1 gram (20 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridges, andone 5 gram (60 cc) Phenomenex strata-XL-C cartridge following thegeneral method described above, to give 1.07 g (46%) of the pure titlecompound of Example 255 as a solid: MS: 461 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.27min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient)ret. t.=14.57 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 9.46 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 2H),7.43 (s, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H,), 6.31 (brs, 1H), 4.74 (d, 1H,J=10.4 Hz), 4.17 (brs, 1H), 3.94-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.70 (dd, 1H, J=4.0, 11.6Hz), 3.33 (s, 3H), 2.57 (d, 1H, J=14.0 Hz), 2.51-2.45 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.78(m, 1H), 0.96-0.90 (m, 2H), 0.79-0.72 (m, 1H), 0.71-0.64 (m, 1H). Notethat during preparative HPLC, a lesser amount of the earlier eluting C-2proline ring epimer can be obtained similarly.

Example 256(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxy-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 5-amino-1,2,4-thiadiazole (532 mg, 5.26 mmol) in dryTHF (20 mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 2.50 mL, 5.0 mmol). After10-15 min, the compound of Example 253 is added (235 mg, 0.591 mmol) andthe mixture is stirred at rt for 18 h. A cold solution of TFA (455 μL)in methanol (8 mL) is added and the mixture is then purified bypreparative HPLC (using 20% solvent B to 80% solvent B over 11 min). Thedesired fractions containing the product (ret t=10.22 min) are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc)Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge following the general methoddescribed above, to give 112 mg (41%) of the pure title compound ofExample 256 as a solid: MS: 467 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.44 min.; HPLC(Method A) ret. t.=10.01 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.29 (s, 1H),7.44-7.41 (m, 1H), 6.87 (d, 1H, J=4.3 Hz), 6.51 (dd, 1H, J=2.4, 4.3 Hz),6.16 (brs, 1H), 4.96-4.90 (m, 1H), 4.16 (brs, 1H), 3.34-3.39 (m, 3H),3.9 (d, 1H, J-12.2 Hz), 1.03 (dd, 1H, J=3.7, 11.6 Hz), 2.58-2.46 (m,2H), 1.89-1.76 (m, 1H), 0.98-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.68 (m, 2H). Note thatduring preparative HPLC, a lesser amount of the earlier eluting C-2proline ring epimer can be obtained similarly.

Example 257(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To solid (2S,4S)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (8.38 g, 63.9mmol) in a 100 mL pressure bottle is added NMP (35 mL) followed by 5 MNaOH (12.8 mL, 64.0 mmol). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.31 mL, 7.52mmol) is added and the stirred mixture is treated with the compound fromExample 194A (1.88 g, 6.51 mmol). The vessel is flushed with nitrogen,sealed, and heated at 135° C. for 27 h. The crude reaction mixture iscooled to rt and then poured into water (250 mL) and slowly treated withaqueous 1.0 N HCl (75 mL,) to pH 2-3 to give a precipitate, which isfiltered, washed with diethyl ether (3×15 mL), and dried under highvacuum to give 518 mg (21%) of the title compound of Example 257 as asolid. The water filtrate is extracted with ethyl acetate (5×300 mL),the organic layers are combined, washed with water (75 mL), brine (50mL), dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo to give a thickoil that contains the remainder of the product wet with NMP; MS: 384(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.26 min.

Example 258(1S,4R)-5-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one

A mixture of the compound from Example 257 (2.45 g, 6.4 mmol) in dry THF(100 mL) is treated sequentially with 1-hydroxy-7-aza-benzotriazole (222mg), N-methylmorpholine (2.46 mL, 22.4 mmol), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (1.29 g,6.72 mmol). The reaction is stirred at rt for 20 min, heated to refluxunder nitrogen for 1.5 h then stirred at rt for 18 h. The volatiles areevaporated in vacuo and the crude material is dissolved in ethyl acetate(600 mL). The organic layer is washed with water (6×200 mL) and brine(200 mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). Concentration in vacuo gives 2.38 g of thetitle compound of Example 258 as a solid which is used directly asdescribed below without further purification: MS: 366 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.40 min.

Example 259(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 2-aminopyrazine (2.1 g, 22.1 mmol) in dry THF (40 mL)under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 10.5 mL, 21.0 mmol). After 20min, the compound of Example 258 is added (634 mg, 1.74 mmol) and themixture is stirred at rt for 30 min. A cold solution of TFA (1.7 mL) inmethanol (15 mL) is added and the mixture is then purified bypreparative HPLC (using 20% solvent B to 80% solvent B over 11 min). Thedesired fractions containing the product (ret t=10.1 min) are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base using a 5 gram (60 cc)Phenomenex strata-XL-C cartridge following the general method describedabove, to give 238 mg (30%) of the pure title compound of Example 259 asa solid: MS: 461 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.14 min.; HPLC (Method A but witha 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=13.24 min; 500 MHz ¹HNMR (d₆-DMSO) δ 12.07 (brs, 1H), 10.34 (s, 1H), 9.91 (s, 1H), 9.41 (d,1H, J=1.2 Hz), 8.41-8.36 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.19 (brs, 1H),6.52-6.46 (m, 2H), 5.26 (brs, 1H), 4.70 (dd, 1H, J=1.8, 9.8 Hz),4.49-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.66 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.20 (d, 1H,J-13.1 Hz), 1.41 (s, 3H), 0.97-0.90 (m. 2H), 0.78-0.73 (m, 2H).

Example 260(2S,4S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[L2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (695 mg, 6.2 mmol) in dryTHF (12 mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 3.02 mL, 6.04 mmol). After10-15 min, the compound of Example 258 is added (171 mg, 0.468 mmol) andthe mixture is stirred at rt for 45 min. A cold solution of TFA (310 μL)in methanol (10 mL) is added and the mixture is then purified bypreparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to 85% solvent B over 11 min). Thedesired fractions containing the product (ret t=10.07 min) are processedto the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc)Phenomenex Strata-XL-C Extraction Cartridge, following the generalmethod described above, to give 147 mg (66%) of the pure title compoundof Example 260 as a solid: MS: 478 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.13 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 20 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=11.25min. 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.04-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.40 (s,1H), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 8.9 Hz), 6.86 (d, 1H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s,1H), 4.78-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.56-4.52 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.69 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.45(m, 1H), 2.41-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 0.92-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.74-0.67(m, 2H).

Example 261(2S,4S)-N-(5-chlorothiazol-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 2-amino-5-chlorothiazole hydrochloride (1.56 g, 9.1mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly withstirring with isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 9.0 mL, 18.0mmol). After 10-15 min, the compound of Example 258 is added (171 mg,0.468 mmol) and the mixture is stirred at rt for 18 h. A cold solutionof TFA (1.5 mL) in methanol (5 mL) is added and the mixture is thenpurified by preparative HPLC (using 40% solvent B to 100% solvent B over12 min). The desired fractions containing the product (ret t=9.6 min).are processed to the title compound, obtained as its free base, using a1 gram (20 cc) Phenomenex Strata-XL-C Extraction Cartridge, followingthe general method described above, to give 138 mg (59%) of the puretitle compound of Example 261 as a solid: MS: 500, 502 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=2.57 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 20 min rather than a 15 mingradient) ret. t.=13.31 min. 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.42-7.37 (m, 1H),7.25 (s, 1H), 6.88-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.52-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.30 (brs, 1H),4.85-4.77 (m, 1H), 4.53 (brs, 1H), 3.79-3.69 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.45 (m, 1H),2.34 (d, 1H, J=13.4 Hz), 1.41 (s, 3H), 0.96-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.72 (m,2H).

Example 262 (2S,4R)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

The compound from Example 218B (4.36 mmol) is dissolved in methanol (350mL) and treated with 1-hydroxy-7-aza-benzotriazole (250 mg and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (836 mg,4.36 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 5.5 h,concentrated in vacuo, and extracted with ethyl acetate (500 mL). Theethyl acetate layer is washed with water (3×150 mL) and brine (150 mL),and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the solidobtained as the title compound of Example 262 is used directly asdescribed below: MS: 398 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.28 min.

Example 263(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxy-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 2-aminopyrazine (3.5 g, 36.3 mmol) in dry THF (200mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 18.0 mL, 36.0 mmol). After 20min, the compound of Example 262 is added (1.2 g, 3.02 mmol) and themixture is stirred at rt for 1 h then warmed to 40° C. for 1.5 h. A coldsolution of TFA (3.1 mL) in methanol (40 mL) is added and the mixture isthen purified by preparative HPLC (using 16% solvent B to 87% solvent Bover 11 min). The desired fractions containing the product (ret t=9.45min) are processed to the title compound, obtained as its free baseusing a 6 gram (35 cc) Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, followingthe general method described above, to give 735 mg (53%) of the puretitle compound of Example 263; MS: 461 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.17 min;HPLC (Method A but with a 20 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret.t.=15.84 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (d₆-DMS)) δ 12.01 (brs, 1H), 10.79 (s, 1H),10.20 (s, 1H), 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.40-8.31 (m, 2H), 7.35 (brs, 1H), 7.10(brs, 1H), 6.45 (brs, 1H), 6.39 (brs, 1H), 4.77 (brs, 1H), 4.13-4.08 (m,1H), 3.77-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.51-2.48 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.15 (m,1H), 1.78 (brs, 1H), 0.88-0.74 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.60 (m, 2H).

Example 264(2S,4R)-4-fluoro-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To solid (2S,4R)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (3.15 g, 23.7mmol) in a 100 mL pressure bottle is added NMP (15 mL) followed by 5 MNaOH (4.7 mL, 23.5 mmol). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (4.13 mL, 23.7 mmol)is added and the stirred mixture is treated with the compound fromExample 194A (1.88 g, 6.51 mmol). The vessel is flushed with nitrogen,sealed, and heated at 135° C. for 72 h. The crude reaction mixture iscooled and poured into water (300 mL) and dichloromethane (200 mL). Theorganic layer is removed and the aqueous layer is extracted withadditional dichloromethane (1×50 mL). The aqueous layer is acidifiedwith 1.0 N HCl (26.5 mL) to pH 2-3 and extracted with ethyl acetate(2×400 mL). The ethyl acetate layers are combined, washed with water(2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated in vacuo togive a thick oil that contains the title compound of Example 264, wetwith NMP, which was used directly as described below; MS: 386 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.55 min.

Example 265 (2S,4R)-methyl4-fluoro-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,24111,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

Material from Example 264 (1.58 mmol) is dissolved in methanol (300 mL)and treated with 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (107 mg), and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (319 mg,1.66 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h,concentrated in vacuo, and extracted with ethyl acetate (750 mL). Theethyl acetate layer is washed with water (5×150 mL) and brine (750 mL),dried (Na₂SO₄) and evaporated in vacuo to give 740 mg of the titlecompound of Example 265 that is used below without further purification;MS: 400 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.70 min.

Example 266(2S,4R)-4-fluoro-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 2-aminopyrazine (280 mg, 2.95 mmol) in dry THF (20mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 1.3 mL, 2.6 mmol). After 20min, the compound of Example 265 (0.227 mmol) is added and the mixtureis stirred at rt for 55 min. A cold solution of TFA (215 μL) in methanol(10 mL) is added and the mixture is then purified by preparative HPLC(using 20% solvent B to 95% solvent B over 11 min). The desiredfractions containing the product (ret t=9.27 min) are processed to thetitle compound, obtained as its free base using a 1 gram (20 cc) WatersOasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following the general method describedabove, to give 61.3 mg (59%) of the pure title compound of Example 266;MS: 463 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.42 min; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 minrather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=16.10 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD)δ 9.30 (brs, 1H), 8.38-8.26 (m, 2H), 7.36 (brs, 1H), 6.83 (brs, 1H),6.52-6.36 (m, 2H), 5.43 (d, 1H, J=52.2 Hz), 4.89-4.83 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.19(m, 1H), 3.99-3.83 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.41(s, 3H), 0.97-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.70 (m, 2H).

Example 267(2S,4R)-4-methoxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To solid (2S,4R)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid HCl salt, 218A(7.85 g, 43.3 mmol) in a 150 mL pressure bottle is added NMP (40 mL)followed by 5 M NaOH (16.96 mL, 84.80 mmol). N,N-diisopropylethylamine(1.81 mL, 10.4 mmol) is added and the stirred mixture is treated withthe compound from Example 194A (2.50 g, 8.65 mmol). The vessel isflushed with nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 135° C. for 20 h and thenstirred at rt for 72 h. The crude reaction mixture is cooled and pouredinto water (250 mL) and acidified with 1.0 N HCl (46.5 mL) to pH 2-3.The resulting solid is collected by filtration and dried in vacuo toobtain 2.38 g (69.4%) of the product of Example 267. The aqueous layeris extracted with ethyl acetate (3×300 mL). The ethyl acetate layers arecombined, washed with brine (50 mL), dried (Na₂SO₄), and evaporated invacuo to give a thick oil that contains additional title compound ofExample 267, wet with NMP. This thick oil was used directly as describedbelow in Example 268; MS: 398 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.41 min.

Example 268 (2S,4R)-methyl4-methoxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

Using the procedure as described in Example 262, the thick oil fromExample 267 is converted to the title compound of Example 268 that isused below without further purification; MS: 412 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.74 min.

Example 269(2S,4R)-4-methoxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the procedure as described in Example 266, the compound fromExample 268 is converted to the title compound of Example 269 in 61%yield; MS: 475 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.43 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a20 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=11.77 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 9.32 (s, 1H), 8.32 (brs, 1H), 8.28 (d, 1H, J=2.4 Hz), 7.37 (s,1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.42 (brs, 1H), 4.78 (t, 1H, J=7.5 Hz),4.23-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H),2.55-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 0.93-0.87 (m, 2H),0.77-0.70 (m, 2H).

Example 270(2S,4R)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

A mixture of the compound from Example 228B (154 mg, 0.556 mmol). and(2S,4R)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid HCl salt, 218A (984 mg,5.42 mmol) in a 15 mL pressure bottle is treated with NMP (5 mL)followed by 5 M NaOH (2.14 mL, 10.7 mmol). N,N-diisopropylethylamine(140 μL, 0.811 mmol) is then added and the stirred mixture is flushedwith nitrogen, sealed, and heated at 135° C. for 15 h. The reactionmixture is then purified by preparative HPLC (using 10% solvent B to 80%solvent B over 11 min). The desired fractions containing the product(ret t=8.69 min) are evaporated to dryness to give 187 mg of the titlecompound (possible TFA salt) of Example 270 which is used directly asdescribed below; MS: 386 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.68 min.

Example 271(2S,4R)—N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The compound from Example 270 (85 mg, 0.221 mmol),2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (336 mg), and 1-hydroxy-7-aza-benzotriazole (34mg) is treated sequentially with NMP (4 mL),1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (52 mg),and N-methylmorpholine (242 μL). The reaction is stirred at rt for 4 h,and at 45° C. for 45 min, and then purified by preparative HPLC (using15% solvent B to 80% solvent B over 11 min). The desired fractionscontaining the product (ret t=8.30 min) are processed to the titlecompound, obtained as its free base, using a 1 gram (20 cc) WatersOasis® MCX Extraction Cartridge, following the general method describedabove, to give 45.8 mg of the pure title compound (43%) as a solid: MS:480 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.76 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 20 minrather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=12.94 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD)δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s,1H), 6.98 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 8.9 Hz), 6.84 (brs, 1H), 6.47 (dd, 1H, J=2.6,4.4 Hz), 4.68 (t, 1 H, J=7.80 Hz), 4.37-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.16 (m, 1H),3.98-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 2.57-2.50 (m, 1H),2.34-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.43 (d, 6H, J=6.7 Hz).

Example 272 (S)-methyl1-(4-(5-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

The compound from Example 179 (8.1 mmol) is dissolved in methanol (300mL) and treated with 1-hydroxy-7-aza-benzotriazole (540 mg and1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (1.73 g).The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 18 h, concentrated invacuo, and partitioned with ethyl acetate (350 mL) and water (300 mL).The ethyl acetate layer is washed with water (2×100 mL) and brine (100mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and theresidue is purified by silica gel chromatography using a Biotageinstrument (see above for general details) with a Flash 65+M cartridgeusing a gradient from 100% dichloromethane to 10% methanol indichloromethane. The desired fractions containing the product wereevaporated in vacuo to give 726 mg (23%) of the pure title compound as asolid which is used directly as described below. In addition, there isobtained 386 mg of less pure title compound: MS: 385 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.41 min.

Example 273 (S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyano-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

The compound from Example 272 (256 mg, 0.665 mmol) and imidazole (146.5mg, 2.154 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous pyridine (4 mL), cooled to−10° C., and phosphorous oxychloride (350 μL, 3.82 mmol) is then addedover 1 min. The reaction is stored at −20° C. overnight, warmed to rtover 15 min, and poured onto 10 g of ice. Methanol (60 mL) is thenadded, the mixture was partially concentrated in vacuo, and thenpurified by preparative reverse phase HPLC using a Waters X-Bridge PrepC18 30×100 mm, 5 micron column, with linear gradient elution using the aratio of 88% solvent C (5% acetonitrile-95% Water-10 mmol ammoniumacetate). and 85% solvent D (90% acetonitrile-10% Water-10 mmol ammoniumacetate). over 11 min with a flow rate of 35 mL/min. The desiredfractions containing the product (ret t=9.6 min) are processed to thetitle compound, obtained as its free base, by extraction with ethylacetate (700 mL), followed by washing with water (40 mL) and brine (100mL), drying over Na₂SO₄, and concentration in vacuo to give 198.7 mg(82%) of the pure title compound as a solid; MS: 367 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.66 min.

Example 274(S)-1-(4-(5-cyano-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

A cold solution of 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (270 mg, 2.41 mmol) in dryTHF (5 mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 1.08 mL, 2.0 mmol). After 10min, the compound of Example 273 is added (72 mg, 0.197 mmol) and themixture is stirred at rt for 21 h. A cold solution of TFA (176 μL) inmethanol (5 mL) is added and the mixture is then purified by preparativereverse phase HPLC using a Waters X-Bridge Prep C18 30×100 mm, 5 microncolumn, with linear gradient elution using the a ratio of 88% solvent C(5% acetonitrile-95% Water-10 mmol ammonium acetate). and 83% solvent D(90% acetonitrile-10% Water-10 mmol ammonium acetate). over 11 min witha flow rate of 35 mL/min. The desired fractions containing the product(ret t=8.9 min) are processed to the title compound, obtained as itsfree base, by extraction with ethyl acetate (170 mL), followed bywashing with water (10 mL) and brine (100 mL), drying over Na₂SO₄, andconcentration in vacuo to give 60.1 mg (68%) of the pure title compoundas a solid; MS: 447 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.47 min. HPLC (Method A butwith a 20 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=14.85 min; IR (KBr)2243 cm⁻¹; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.06 (m, 1H),7.45 (s, 1H), 6.95 (dd, 1H, J=2.7, 8.9 Hz), 6.87 (brs, 1H), 6.54 (brs,1H), 6.47 (brs, 1H), 3.99-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.78-3.70 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.38 (m,1H), 2.21-2.08 (m, 3H), 1.67 (s, 3H).

Example 275 (2S,4S)-ethyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

The compound from Example 208B (2.5 mmol) is dissolved in absoluteethanol (100 mL) and THF (50 mL). Triethylamine (9 mL) and magnesiumethoxide (2.65 g, 23.2 mmol) is added and the mixture is refluxed for30-45 min and the solvent is evaporated in vacuo. The residue ispartitioned with ethyl acetate (300 mL). and aqueous citric acidsolution (pH 2, 300 mL). The ethyl acetate layer is washed with water(200 mL) and brine (200 mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent isevaporated in vacuo and the residue is purified by silica gelchromatography using a Biotage instrument (see above for generaldetails) with a Flash 40+M cartridge using a gradient from 100%dichloromethane to 100% ethyl acetate. The desired fractions containingthe product were evaporated in vacuo to give 838 mg (85%) of the titlecompound which is used directly as described below: MS: 398 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.27 min.

Example 276 ((2S,4R)-ethyl4-chloro-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate(major isomer) and (2S,4S)-ethyl4-chloro-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f]-1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate(minor isomer)

The compound from Example 275 (525 mg, 1.32 mmol) in dry pyridine (7 mL)is cooled under nitrogen to 0° C. and treated slowly over 30 min withmethanesulfonyl chloride (0.75 mL, 9.70 mmol). The reaction is warmed tort overnight, the solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue ispartitioned with ethyl acetate (165 mL), water (45 mL), and brine (30mL). The organic layer is washed with water and brine and dried(Na₂SO₄). The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue isdissolved in dichloromethane, evaporated in vacuo, and dried under highvacuum. The residue is dissolved in dry dichloromethane (8 mL),transferred to a 50 mL pressure bottle, flushed with nitrogen andtreated with tetrabutylammonium cyanide (2.00 g, 7.46 mmol). Thereaction is heated at 50° C. for 1.5 h, most of the solvent is removedunder a stream of nitrogen, and dry DMF (4 mL) was then added. Thereaction mixture is heated at 85° C. for 17 h, cooled, and partitionedwith ethyl acetate (150 mL), water (60 mL), and brine (30 mL). Theorganic layer is washed with water (5×60 mL) and brine (2×100 mL) anddried (MgSO₄). The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue isdissolved in THF, evaporated in vacuo, and dried under high vacuum togive about 1 g of approximately a 2.5:1 mixture of the crude the titlecompounds which are not separated but used directly as described below;MS: 416, 418 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.72 (minor) and 2.83 (major) min.

Example 277(2S,4R)-4-chloro-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(maj or isomer) and(2S,4S)-4-chloro-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide(minor isomer)

A cold solution of 2-fluoro-5-aminopyridine (1.70 g, 15.1 mmol) in dryTHF (45 mL) under nitrogen at 0° C. is treated slowly with stirring withisopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF; 7.3 mL, 14.6 mmol). After10-15 min, this solution is added to all of the crude material ofExample 276 (1.32 mmol theoretical) and the mixture is stirred at rt for75 min. A cold solution of TFA (1.40 mL) in methanol (15 mL) is addedand the mixture is then purified by preparative HPLC (using 23% solventB to 90% solvent B over 11 min). The desired fractions containing theproducts (ret t=9.34 min, minor isomer; ret t=10.05 min, major isomer)are processed to the title compounds, obtained as their free bases,using Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridges, following the generalmethod described above, to give 170.2 mg (26.8%, major isomer) and 96.5mg (15.2%, minor isomer) of the pure title compounds of Example 277 assolids: (Major isomer) MS: 482, 484 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.60 min.; HPLC(Method E) ret. t.=14.45 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.26 (s, 1H),8.03 (brs, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 8.9 Hz), 6.87 (d, 1H,J=4.3 Hz), 6.52-6.50 (m, 1H), 6.32 (brs, 1H), 4.91-4.87 (m, 1H),4.80-4.74 (m, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.62 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.78 (m,1H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.65 (m, 2H). (Minor isomer); MS: 482, 484(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.50 min.; HPLC (Method E) ret. t.=13.55 min; 500MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.05 (m, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.01 (dd,1H, J=2.8, 9.0 Hz), 6.89 (d, 1H, J=4.3 Hz), 6.53-6.51 (m, 1H), 6.29(brs, 1H), 4.83-4.78 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.97 (d, 1H, J=12.2Hz), 2.97-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.66 (d, 1H, J=14.4 Hz), 1.83-1.76 (m, 1H),0.94-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.73-0.67 (m, 1H), 0.62-0.56 (m, 1H).

Example 278(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The major product from Example 277 (51.9 mg, 0.108 mmol) andmethanesulfinic acid sodium salt (367 mg, 3.6 mmol) is dissolved in dryDMF (1 mL). and placed in a 0.5-2.0 mL microwave vial, flushed withnitrogen and capped. The reaction is heated in a Biotage InitiatorMicrowave unit for 3-4 h at 130-140° C., and then allowed to stand at rtfor 70 h. The reaction mixture is purified by preparative HPLC (using20% solvent B to 92% solvent B over 11 min). The desired fractionscontaining the product (ret t=8.07 min) are evaporated to dryness togive 10.1 mg (18%) of the title compound as a solid; MS: 526 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.03 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a15 min gradient) ret. t.=14.27 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.05 (brs,1H), 8.02-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 1H), 6.80 (dd, 1H, J=3.1, 8.9 Hz),6.73-6.69 (m, 1H), 6.50 (dd, 1H, J=2.4, 4.6 Hz), 6.24 (brs, 1H),4.78-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.01 (s, 3H),2.94-2.81 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.74 (m, 1H), 0.97-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.65 (m,2H).

Example 279(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-(methylsulfonyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The minor product from Example 277 (63.0 mg, 0.131 mmol) andmethanesulfinic acid sodium salt (265 mg, 2.6 mmol) is dissolved in dryDMF (1.3 mL) and is converted to 3.3 mg (5%) of the title compound as asolid using the method described in Example 278; MS: 526 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=2.11 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 mingradient) ret. t.=14.87 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.25 (brs, 1H),8.08-7.99 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.03-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.84 (m,1H), 6.55-6.48 (m, 1H) 6.25 (brs, 1H), 5.00-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.11 (m,2H), 4.10-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.63 (m,1H), 1.86-1.77 (m, 1H), 0.95-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.62 (m, 2H).

Example 280(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1-(4-(5-(1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using 5-(1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (made usinga procedure similar to that described in J. Med. Chem., 2001, 44(26),4628-4660) and following procedures similar to that described in Example193A, Examples 257, 258, and 259, the title compound is obtained as asolid; MS: 515 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.41 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=15.08 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(d6-DMSO) δ 12.74 (brs, 1H), 10.46 (brs, 1H), 9.97 (brs, 1H), 9.35 (brs,1H), 8.34 (s, 2H), 7.44 (brs, 1H), 7.14 (brs, 1H), 6.81 (brs, 1H), 6.44(brs, 1H), 5.22 (brs, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H, J=8.9 Hz), 4.42-4.37 (m, 1H),3.74-3.55 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.13 (d, 1H, J=13.1 Hz), 1.37-1.18(m, 4H).

Example 281(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)-1-(4-(5-(1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using 5-(1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (made usinga procedure similar to that described in J. Med. Chem., 2001, 44(26),4628-4660) and following procedures similar to that described in Example193A, Examples 257, 258, and 256, the title compound is obtained as asolid; MS: 521 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.54 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=15.43 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.42 (brs, 1H), 6.93-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.63 (brs,1H), 6.52 (brs, 1H), 4.96-4.87 (m, 1H), 4.65-4.54 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.74 (m,2H), 2.66-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.36 (d, 1H, J=13.7 Hz), 1.45-1.32 (m, 2H),1.31-1.20 (m, 2H).

Example 282(2S,4R)-4-fluoro-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)-1-(4-(5-(1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using 5-(1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (made usinga procedure similar to that described in J. Med. Chem., 2001, 44(26),4628-4660) and following procedures similar to that described in Example193A, Examples 264, 265, and 266, the title compound is obtained as asolid; MS: 517 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.71 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=17.67 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 9.29 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.31-8.25 (m, 1H), 7.38 (brs, 1H),6.90-6.72 (m, 2H), 6.50 (brs, 1H), 5.43 (d, 1H, J=53.1 Hz), 4.89-4.79(m, 1H), 4.33-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.04-3.87 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.70 (m, 1H),2.51-2.33 (m, 1H), 1.41-1.14 (m, 4H).

Example 283(2S,4R)-4-fluoro-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 228B and following procedures similar tothat described in Examples 264, 265, and 266, the title compound isobtained as a solid; MS: 451 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.81 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=15.15min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 9.34 (brs, 1H), 8.34 (brs, 1H), 8.32-8.27(m, 1H), 7.50 (brs, 1H), 7.45 (brs, 1H), 7.36 (brs, 1H), 6.85 (brs, 1H),6.50-6.47 (m, 1H), 5.44 (d, 1H, J=53.1 Hz), 4.89-4.84 (m, 1H), 4.47-4.39(m, 1H), 4.26 (dd, 1H, J=12.8, 23.5 Hz), 3.98 (ddd, 1H, J=3.4, 12.8,36.3 Hz), 2.86-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.32 (m, 1H), 1.52 (d, 3H, J=6.7 Hz),1.49 (d, 3H, J=6.7 Hz).

Example 284(2S,4S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 228B and following procedures similar tothat described in Examples 252, 253, and 254, the title compound isobtained as a solid; MS: 480 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.93 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=15.78min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.45 (brs, 1H), 8.24 (s,1H), 7.98-7.92 (m, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 6.82(dd, 1H, J=3.4, 8.9 Hz), 6.67-6.64 (m, 1H), 6.52 (dd, 1H, J=2.4, 4.6Hz), 4.73 (d, 1H, J=9.4 Hz), 4.34-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.97(dd, 1H, J=1.8, 11.9 Hz), 3.64 (dd, 1H, J=4.0, 11.9), 3.36 (s, 3H),2.63-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 1H), 1.50 (d, 3H, J=6.7 Hz), 1.46 (d,3H, J=6.7 Hz).

Example 285(2S,4S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 228B and following procedures similar tothat described in Examples 257, 258, and 260, the title compound isobtained as a solid; MS: 466 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.68 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=13.34min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.05-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.48 (s,1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 8.9 Hz), 6.85 (brs, 1H),6.50-6.47 (m, 1H), 4.72 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 4.57-4.53 (m, 1H), 4.35-4.27(m, 1H), 3.81-3.72 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.34 (d, 1H, J=13.7 Hz),1.43 (d, 3H, J=6.7 Hz), 1.40 (d, 3H, J=6.7 Hz).

Example 2863-(2-((2S,4S)-4-methoxy-2-(thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 166C and following procedures similar tothat described in Examples 252, 253, and 256, the title compound isobtained as a solid; MS: 469 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.16 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 20 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=10.47min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.16 (brs,1H). 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 4.22-4.14 (m, 1H),4.07-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.34 (s, 3H),2.63-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.38 (m, 1H).

Example 287(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxy-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 208B and following procedures similar tothat described in Example 259, the title compound is obtained as asolid; MS: 453 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.02 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=12.97 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (m, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H, J=4.6 Hz),6.52-6.48 (m, 1H), 6.17 (brs, 1H), 4.92 (d, 1H, J=10.1 Hz), 4.59-4.55(m, 1H), 3.82-3.75 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.35 (d, 1H, J=13.7 Hz),1.87-1.80 (m, 1H), 0.98-0.92 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.72 (m, 2H).

Example 288(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 258 and following procedures similar tothat described in Example 259, the title compound is obtained as asolid; MS: 467 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.38 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=14.13 min; HR/MS, obs467.1708; calcd 467.1726; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.27 (s, 1H),7.44-7.37 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.53-6.47 (m, 1H), 6.26 (brs, 1H),4.94 (d, 1H, J=10.1 Hz), 4.60-4.53 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.75 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.52(m, 1H), 2.38 (d, 1H, J=13.7 Hz), 1.41 (s, 3H), 0.95-0.90 (m, 2H),0.78-0.74 (m, 2H).

Example 289(2S,4S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-methoxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 194A and following procedures similar tothat described in Examples 252, 253, and 254, the title compound isobtained as a solid; MS: 492 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.49 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=16.77min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.00 (brs, 1H), 7.43 (s,1H), 6.99 (dd, 1H, J=2.9, 8.7 Hz), 6.87 (brs, 1H), 6.50 (brs, 1H), 6.42(brs, 1H), 4.73 (d, 1H, J=9.8 Hz), 4.17-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.89-3.81 (m, 1H),3.76-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.36 (m, 1H),1.36 (s, 3H), 0.92-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.67 (m, 2H).

Example 290(2S,4S)-4-methoxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(pyrazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 194A and following procedures similar tothat described in Examples 252, 253, and 255, the title compound isobtained as a solid; MS: 475 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.39 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=15.83min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1H),6.88 (brs, 1H), 6.51 (brs, 1H), 6.39 (brs, 1H), 4.76 (d, 1H, J=10.1 Hz),4.18-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.71 (dd, 1H, J=3.8, 11.7 Hz),3.34 (s, 3H), 2.64-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.41 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 3H),0.92-0.85 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.70 (m, 2H).

Example 291(2S,4S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using 5-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (made using a procedure similar tothat described in J. Med. Chem., 2001, 44(26), 4628-4660) and followingprocedures similar to that described in Example 193A, Examples 252, 253,and 254, the title compound is obtained as a solid; MS: 480 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.46 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a15 min gradient) ret. t.=16.13 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.30 (s,1H), 8.00 (brs, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 6.99 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 8.9 Hz),6.90-6.87 (m, 1H), 6.53-6.50 (m, 2H), 4.75 (d, 1H, J=10.4 Hz), 4.17-4.13(m, 1H), 3.90-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.93-2.85(m, 1H), 2.58 (d, 1H, J=13.4 Hz), 2.49-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.23 (d, 3H, J=6.7Hz), 1.19 (d, 3H, J=6.7 Hz).

Example 292(2S,4R)-4-fluoro-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Following the procedures similar to that described in Example 266, thetitle compound is obtained as a solid; MS: 480 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.54min.; HPLC (Method F) ret. t.=17.64 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.25(s, 1H), 8.02 (brs, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 8.8 Hz),6.86 (brs, 1H), 6.49 (brs, 1H), 6.40 (brs, 1H), 5.43 (d, 1H, J=53.1 Hz),4.83-4.76 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.80 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.65 (m,1H), 2.49-2.32 (m, 1H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 0.94-0.89 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.72 (m,2H).

Example 293(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 203A and following procedures similar tothat described in Example 256, the title compound is obtained as asolid; MS: 455 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.46 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=16.24 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(d6-DMSO) δ 13.15 (brs, 1H), 12.07 (brs, 1H), 10.26 (brs, 1H), 8.46 (s,1H), 7.34 (brs, 1H), 7.11 (brs, 1H), 6.41 (brs, 1H), 6.31 (brs, 1H),5.47 (d, 1H, J=53.1 Hz), 4.96-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.15-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.77(m, 1H), 2.82-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 1H),0.99-0.83 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.66 (m, 2H).

Example 294(2S,4R)-4-fluoro-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the compound from Example 265 and following procedures similar tothat described in Example 256, the title compound is obtained as asolid; MS: 469 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.44 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=17.69 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.33 (brs, 1H), 6.82 (brs, 1H), 6.51-6.44 (m,1H), 6.25 (brs, 1H), 5.44 (d, 1H, J=53.4 Hz), 4.99-4.91 (m, 1H), 4.24(dd, 1H, J=12.8, 23.5 Hz), 4.02-3.86 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 1H),2.47-2.30 (m, 1H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.04-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.76 (m, 2H).

Example 295(2S,4S)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(5-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using 5-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (made using aprocedure similar to that described in J. Med. Chem., 2001, 44(26),4628-4660) and following procedures similar to that described in Example193A, Examples 257, 258, and 260, the title compound is obtained as asolid; MS: 506 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.34 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=14.65 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.12 (brs, 1H), 7.74 (brs, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H),6.99 (dd, 1H, J=2.7, 8.9 Hz), 6.92-6.88 (m, 1H), 6.53 (dd, 1H, J=2.5,4.3 Hz), 4.73-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.73 (m, 2H),3.58-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.29 (m, 1H).

Example 296(2S,4R)-4-cyano-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using (2S,4R)-4-cyanopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (madefrom (2S,4R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-cyanopyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid, purchased from Anaspec and deprotected using 4 N HCl in dioxane)and the compound from Example 1C, and following procedures related tothose described in Example 179 (but at 130° C. instead of 155° C.) andExample 202, the title compound is obtained as a solid; MS: 473 (M+H)⁺,LC/MS ret. t=2.31 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a15 min gradient) ret. t.=16.47 min; IR (KBr) 2251 cm⁻¹; 500 MHz ¹H NMR(CD₃OD) δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.99 (brs, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.00 (dd, 1H,J=3.1, 8.9 Hz), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.28 (brs, 1H), 4.93-4.83(m, 1H), 4.11-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.92-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.54 (m, 1H),2.75-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.56 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.76 (m, 1H), 0.93-0.86 (m,2H), 0.72-0.60 (m, 2H).

Example 297 (2S,4R)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

Dry methanol (800 mL) is stirred and cooled to 0° C. and slowly treatedwith acetyl chloride (15.4 mL, 217 mmol) over 15 min. This solution isstirred at 0 C for 15 min and at rt for 2-3 h. The material from 216A(8.00 g, 21.7 mmol) is then added and the reaction is stirred overnightat room temperature. The crude reaction mixture is evaporated in vacuoand partitioned with ethyl acetate (1500 mL) and saturated aqueoussodium bicarbonate solution (200 mL). The organic layer is washed withwater (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), and dried (Na₂SO₄). The solvent isevaporated in vacuo and the residue is treated with methylene chloride(300 mL) and methanol (50 mL). The resulting solid is collected byfiltration and dried in vacuo to give 2.40 g (26%) of the titlecompound. The filtrate is purified by silica gel chromatography using aBiotage instrument (see above for general details) with a Flash 65+Mcartridge using a gradient from 100% dichloromethane to 10% methanol indichloromethane. The desired fractions containing the product wereevaporated in vacuo to give 4.77 g (51%) of additional title compound asa solid which is used directly as described below: MS: 384 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=1.91 min; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 mingradient) ret. t.=12.32 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.35 (brs, 1H),6.83 (brs, 1H), 6.51-6.40 (m, 2H), 4.80-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.52 (m, 1H),3.85-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.60 (m, 4H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.14 (m,1H), 1.99-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.08-0.71 (m, 4H).

Example 298 (2S,4S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(2H-tetrazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate(major isomer) and (2S,4S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(1H-tetrazol-1-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate(minor isomer)

A suspension of the compound from Example 297 (212.0 mg, 0.553 mmol),triphenylphosphine (662.0 mg, 2.524 mmol), and 1H-tetrazole (196.7 mg,2.81 mmol) in dry THF (4.5 mL) is stirred under nitrogen at rt andslowly treated over 2-3 min with diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (475 μlit,2.41 mmol). The mixture is stirred at rt for 3 h, quenched with water(70 μlit) and diluted with methanol (12 mL). The reaction mixture isthen purified by preparative HPLC (using 22% solvent B to 85% solvent Bover 11 min). The desired fractions containing the major product (rett=9.02 min) are processed to the title compound (major isomer), obtainedas its free base, using a 2 gram (20 cc) Phenomenex Strata-XL-CExtraction Cartridge, following the general method described above, togive 82.6 mg (34%) of the pure title compound (major isomer) of Example298 as a solid. The minor isomer (ret t=8.15 min) can be obtainedsimilarly. Data for major isomer: MS: 436 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.13min.; (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret.t.=15.20 min.; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.75 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H),6.86-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H), 6.31 (brs, 1H), 5.63-5.57 (m, 1H), 4.91(dd, 1H, J=3.5, 9.3 Hz), 4.48-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.36-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.56 (s,3H), 3.23-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.09 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.04-0.96(m, 2H), 0.84-0.77 (m, 2H).

Example 299(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-(2H-tetrazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using a procedure related to that of Example 254, the major isomer fromExample 298 (46.4 mg, 0.107 mmol) is converted to the title compound ofExample 299 (46.4 mg, 84%), obtained as a solid; MS: 516 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=2.05 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 mingradient) ret. t.=15.01 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.11(s, 1H), 7.83 (brs, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 6.93 (dd, 1H, J=2.7, 8.9 Hz),6.90 (d, 1H, J=4.0 Hz), 6.54 (dd, 1H, J=2.6, 4.4 Hz), 6.28 (brs, 1H),5.66-5.61 (m, 1H), 4.90 (dd, 1H, J=2.7, 10.1 Hz), 4.62 (d, 1H, J=11.9Hz), 4.38-4.31 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.09 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.74(m, 1H), 0.90-0.83 (m, 2H), 0.71-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.61-0.55 (m, 1H).

Example 300(2S,4S)-4-(4-cyano-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using a procedure related to that of Example 298, the compound ofExample 217 (60.0 mg, 0.129 mmol) and 4-cyanopyrazole (48.2 mg, 0.518mmol) is converted to the title compound of Example 300 (11.5 mg,16.5%), obtained as a solid; MS: 539 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.22 min.;HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret.t.=16.74 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.18 (brs, 1H),7.91 (brs, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.42 (m, 1H), 6.98 (dd, 1H, J=3.0,8.9 Hz), 6.89 (d, 1H, J=3.4 Hz), 6.52 (dd, 1H, J=2.4, 4.6 Hz), 6.24(brs, 1H), 5.19-5.13 (m, 1H), 4.83-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.23 (m, 2H),3.00-2.95 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.74 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.64 (m,1H), 0.61-0.55 (m, 1H).

Example 301(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-(5-methyl-2H-tetrazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using procedures related to those of Example 298 and Example 254, thecompound of Example 297 (110.0 mg, 0.287 mmol) and 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole(96.0 mg, 1.15 mmol) is converted to the title compound of Example 301(8.5 mg, 5.6%), obtained as a solid; MS: 530 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.21min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient)ret. t.=15.58 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.88 (brs,1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 6.97 (dd, 1H, J=2.8, 8.9 Hz), 6.89 (d, 1H, J=4.3 Hz),6.53 (dd, 1H, J=2.6, 4.4 Hz), 6.25 (brs, 1H), 5.56-5.51 (m, 1H),4.90-4.87 (m, 1H), 4.58 (d, 1H, J=11.9 Hz), 4.28 (dd, 1H, J=5.6, 12.0Hz), 3.31-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.81-1.74 (m,1H), 0.92-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.54 (m, 1H).

Example 302(2S,4S)-4-(4-chloro-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using procedures related to those of Example 298 and Example 254, thecompound of Example 297 (75.0 mg, 0.196 mmol) and 4-chloropyrazole (68.6mg, 0.666 mmol) is converted to the title compound of Example 302 (29.0mg, 27%), obtained as a solid; MS: 548, 550 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.421min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient)ret. t.=18.07 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H),7.90 (brs, 1H), 7.45-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.99-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.52(s, 1H), 6.29 (brs, 1H), 5.08-5.01 (m, 1H), 4.80-4.75 (m, 1H), 4.29 (d,1H, J=11.6 Hz), 4.22-4.16 (m, 1H), 2.98-2.90 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.75 (m, 1H),0.92-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.66 (m, 1H), 0.64-0.57 (m, 1H).

Example 303(2S,4S)-4-(4-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using procedures related to those of Example 298 and Example 254, thecompound of Example 297 (61.9 mg, 0.162 mmol) and 4-bromopyrazole (81.6mg, 0.555 mmol) is converted to the title compound of Example 303 (29.7mg, 31%), obtained as a solid; MS: 592, 594 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.42min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient)ret. t.=18.16 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H),7.89 (brs, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 2H), 6.99-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.52(s, 1H), 6.28 (brs, 1H), 5.10-5.04 (m, 1H), 4.80-4.75 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.29(m, 1H), 4.232-4.17 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.92 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.75 (m, 1H),0.92-0.83 (m, 2H), 0.72-0.66 (m, 1H), 0.63-0.57 (m, 1H).

Example 304(2S,4S)-4-(2-chloro-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using procedures related to those of Example 298 and Example 254, thecompound of Example 297 (61.9 mg, 0.162 mmol) and 2-chloroimidazole(57.0 mg, 0.5515 mmol) is converted to the title compound of Example 304(14.0 mg, 16%), obtained as a solid; MS: 548, 550 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.18 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 mingradient) ret. t.=16.16 min.

Example 305(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using a procedure related to that of Example 298, the compound ofExample 297 (59.4 mg, 0.155 mmol) and 1H-1,2,3-triazole (50.4 mg, 0.73mmol) is converted to a mixture of major [4-(2H-1,2,3-triazol-2-yl);36.3 mg; 54%] and minor [(4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl); 17.3 mg;26%]triazole methyl ester regioisomers, which are separated bypreparative HPLC (using 25% solvent B to 95% solvent B over 11 min). Thedesired fractions containing the products (ret t=7.59 min, minor isomer;ret t=8.90 min, major isomer) are processed to their corresponding freebases, using Waters Oasis® MCX Extraction Cartridges, following thegeneral method described above. The major isomer (32.0 mg, 0.074 mmol)is then converted to the title compound of Example 305 using a procedurerelated to Example 254 (29.0 mg, 76%), obtained as a solid; MS: 515(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.26 min.; HPLC (Method A) ret. t.=10.22 min.

Example 306(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using procedures related to those of Example 298 and Example 254, thecompound of Example 297 (64.5 mg, 0.168 mmol) and 1,2,4-triazole (53.1mg, 0.769 mmol) is converted to the title compound of Example 306 (29.7mg, 44%), obtained as a solid; MS: 515 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.12 min.;HPLC (Method) ret. t.=8.85 min.

Example 307(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(4,5-dichloro-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using procedures related to those of Example 298 and Example 254, thecompound of Example 297 (102.0 mg, 0.266 mmol) and 4,5-dichloroimidazole(184.0 mg, 1.343 mmol) is converted to the title compound of Example 307(21.9 mg, 14%), obtained as a solid; MS: 582, 584 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.58 min.; HPLC (Method C but with a 30 min rather than a 20 mingradient) ret. t.=17.20 min.

Example 308(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using procedures related to those of Example 298 and Example 254, thecompound of Example 297 (204.0 mg, 0.532 mmol) and 2,4-difluorophenol(150 μlit, 1.57 mmol) is converted to the title compound of Example 307(38.7 mg, 19%), obtained as a solid; MS: 576 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.75min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient)ret. t.=19.94 min.

Example 309(2S,4S)-4-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenoxy)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the procedure related to Example 298, the compound of Example 217(39.8 mg, 0.860 mmol) and 4-bromo-2-fluorophenol (35 μlit, 0.320 mmol)is converted to the title compound of Example 309 (24.0 mg, 44%),obtained as a solid; MS: 636, 638 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.85 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=21.35min.

Example 310(2S,4R)—N-(pyrazin-2-yl)-4-(2H-tetrazol-2-yl)-1-(4-(5-(1-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]-triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the procedure related to Example 298, the compound of Example 280(48.2 mg, 0.094 mmol) and 1H-tetrazole (46.8 mg, 0.667 mmol) isconverted to the title compound of Example 310 (7.3 mg, 13.7%), obtainedas a solid; MS: 567 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.45 min.; HPLC (Method A butwith a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=25.18 min.

Example 311(2S,4R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-4-(2H-tetrazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using the procedure related to Example 298, the compound of Example 208(30.0 mg, 0.065 mmol) and 1H-tetrazole (38.0 mg, 0.542 mmol) isconverted to the title compound of Example 311 (15.8 mg, 47.4%),obtained as a solid; MS: 516 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.20 min.; HPLC(Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 min gradient) ret. t.=16.38min.

Example 312(2S,4S)-4-cyano-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Using (2S,4S)-4-cyanopyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, trifluoroacetic acidsalt (made by standard hydrolysis of its corresponding methyl ester, seeJ. Med. Chem., 1988, 31, 875-885) and the compound from Example 1C, andfollowing procedures related to those described in Examples 252 and 271,the title compound is obtained as a solid; MS: 473 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret.t=2.00 min.; HPLC (Method A but with a 30 min rather than a 15 mingradient) ret. t.=15.47 min.

Example 313 2-chloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine

To a suspension of the compound from Example 1B, (2.83 g, 15.1 mmol). inisopropyl alcohol (50 mL) is added 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexamethyldisilazane(13.0 mL, 61.6 mmol) followed by N,N-diisopropylethylamine (2.8 mL, 16.1mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at rt for 2.5 h, during whichtime a solid precipitates out. The mixture is cooled to −20 C for 45min, filtered, and washed with cold isopropyl alcohol (30 mL). Afterdrying in vacuo overnight, 2.43 g (95%) of the pure title compound isobtained as a solid; MS: 169, 171 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.65 min.; 500MHz ¹H NMR (CDCl₃) δ 7.58-7.54 (m, 1H), 6.71-6.61 (m, 2H), 5.98-5.71(brs, 2H).

Example 314(S)-1-(4-aminopyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

To a flame dried 100 mL pressure bottle under nitrogen is added(S)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (4.98 g, 38.6 mmol), potassiumtert-butoxide (4.28 g, 38.1 mmol), and 11 mL of anhydrous1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.60 mL, 9.2mmol) is then added and the resulting suspension is flushed withnitrogen, magnetically stirred, and sonnicated until almost all solidshave dissolved. The compound from Example 313 (900.0 mg, 5.32 mmol) isthen added, the resulting solution is flushed with nitrogen, and heatedto 155° C. for 63 h. The reaction is cooled to rt, treated with 1 Naqueous HCl (42.0 mL), partially concentrated in vacuo, and thenpurified by preparative HPLC (using 12% solvent B to 80% solvent B over10 min). The desired fractions containing the product are concentratedto give 1.05 g (52%) of the title compound as a solid (TFA salt): MS:262 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=1.74 min; 500 MHz ¹H NMR (CD₃OD) δ 7.52-7.49(m, 1H), 7.19-7.15 (m, 1H), 6.64-6.59 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.79 (m, 1H),3.75-3.67 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.21 (m, 3H), 1.73 (s, 3H).

Example 315(S)-1-(4-(5-cyanothiazol-2-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

The compound from Example 314 (201.7 mg, 0.538 mmol) is dissolved inanhydrous THF (4.0 mL) and treated under nitrogen with stirring withsodium hydride (109.0 mg, 4.54 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred atrt for 10 min and 2-chloro-5-cyanothiazole (127.0 mg, 0.878 mmol) isadded. After 17.5 h at rt, additional sodium hydride (282 mg, 11.8 mmol)and 2-chloro-5-cyanothiazole (165.0 mg, 1.14 mmol) is added and themixture is stirred at rt for 5 h. The reaction is cooled to rt, treatedwith a cold solution of trifluoroacetic acid (800 Wit) in methanol (8mL), and then purified by preparative HPLC (using 15% solvent B to 100%solvent B over 10 min). The desired fractions containing the product areconcentrated to give 107 mg (41%) of the title compound as a solid (TFAsalt) which is used directly as described below: MS: 370 (M+H)⁺, LC/MSret. t=1.86 min.

Example 316(S)-1-(4-(5-cyanothiazol-2-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-N-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

The compound from Example 315 (46.6 mg, 0.096 mmol) is converted to thetitle compound of Example 316 (20 mg, 36%, TFA salt), using a proceduresimilar to that described in Example 271, except DMSO is used as thesolvent instead of NMP and the preparative HPLC fractions areconcentrated in vacuo: MS: 464 (M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.84 min.

Example 317(S)-2-(2-(2-(6-fluoropyridin-3-ylcarbamoyl)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-ylamino)thiazole-5-carboxamide

A magnetically stirred solution of the compound from Example 316 (20 mg,0.035 mmol in DMSO (3 mL) is treated sequentially with 10 N aqueoussodium hydroxide (200 μlit), 30% hydrogen peroxide (200 Wit), water (400Wit), and additional 30% hydrogen peroxide (200 Wit). The mixture isheated at 60° C. for 15 min, cooled, treated with a solution of glacialacetic acid (160 mg) in methanol (5 mL), and then purified bypreparative HPLC (using 16% solvent B to 100% solvent B over 10 min).The desired fractions containing the product are concentrated to give7.7 mg (37%) of the title compound as a solid (TFA salt): MS: 482(M+H)⁺, LC/MS ret. t=2.43 min; HPLC (Method F) ret. t.=14.25 min.

Example 318(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

318A.(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid

(2S,4S)-4-Fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (3.39 g,20.0 mmol) was suspended in NMP (25 mL) to which was added 5 M NaOH(4.00 mL, 20.0 mmol), followed by DIPEA (1.92 mL, 11.0 mmol) and2-chloro-N-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine(1.37 g, 5.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 135° C. for 3 d,and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction was diluted with water(500 mL) and washed with EtOAc (2×250 mL). The organic layers werediscarded, and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 2-3 with 1 N HCl andextracted with EtOAc (2×250 mL). The combined extracts were washed withbrine (250 mL), dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Theresulting residue was shaken vigorously with water (500 mL), and aprecipitate was removed by vacuum filtration. The solids were againvigorously shaken with water (150 mL) and dried via vacuum filtration toafford slightly impure 318A (974 mg, 52%). 318A had an analytical HPLCretention time=1.73 min (Waters XBridge 4.6×50 mm, 5-95% aqueousacetonitrile over 5 min containing 10 mM ammonium acetate) and a LC/MSM⁺+1=372.

318B. (2S,4S)-Methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate

Slightly impure(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid (900 mg, approx. 2.19 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (22 mL) andcooled to 0° C. Acetyl chloride (1.56 mL, 21.9 mmol) was added, and thereaction was stirred at 0° C. for several minutes before warming to roomtemperature. After 16 h, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. Theresidue was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL) and washed with saturatedaqueous NaHCO₃ (300 mL), water (300 mL) and brine (150 mL). The organicswere dried (MgSO₄), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The compoundwas purified by silica gel flash chromatography (0-50% 90:10:1[CH₂Cl₂/MeOH/conc NH₄OH]/CH₂Cl₂) to give 318B (564 mg, 66%). 318B had ananalytical HPLC retention time=1.93 min (Waters XBridge 4.6×50 mm, 5-95%aqueous acetonitrile over 5 min containing 10 mM ammonium acetate) and aLC/MS M⁺+1=386.

318C.(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoro-N-(1,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

1,2,4-Thiadiazol-5-amine (656 mg, 6.49 mmol) was dissolved in1,2-dimethoxyethane (30 mL) and cooled in an ice bath. Methylmagnesiumbromide (3.0 M in diethyl ether, 2.16 mL, 6.49 mmol) was slowly added,and the mixture was stirred for 20 min. The reaction was warmed to roomtemperature, and (2S,4S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylate(250 mg, 0.649 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 80°C. for 16 h then cooled to room temperature. Water (200 mL) was added,and the reaction was extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combinedorganic layers were washed with brine (200 mL), dried (MgSO₄),filtrered, and concentrated in vacuo. Recrystallization from MeOH gavethe title compound (90 mg, 30%), which had an analytical HPLC retentiontime=3.02 min (Phenomenex Luna 4.6×50 mm, 10-90% aqueous MeOH over 5 mincontaining 0.1% TFA) and a LC/MS M⁺+1=455.

1. A compound selected from the group consisting of(R)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid, 2-chloro-N-(1H-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine,(S)-1-(4-(1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid,2-chloro-N-(5-(furan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine,(2S)-1-(4-(5-(furan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid,(S)-methyl-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(S)-1-(4-(5-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid,2-chloro-N-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine,(S)-1-(4-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid,2-chloro-N-(1-ethyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine,(S)-1-(4-(1-ethyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid,1-(4-(1-Isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2,4,4-trimethylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid, (2S,4S)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid,(2S,4S)-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid, (2S,4S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid,(1S,4R)-5-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-3-one,(2S,4R)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4R)-4-fluoro-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid, (2S,4R)-methyl4-fluoro-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4R)-4-methoxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid, (2S,4R)-methyl4-methoxy-1-(4-(5-(1-methylcyclopropyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4R)-1-(4-(1-isopropyl-1H-imidazol-4-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-methoxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid, (S)-methyl1-(4-(5-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyano-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4S)-ethyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,((2S,4R)-ethyl4-chloro-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4S)-ethyl4-chloro-1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4R)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(2H-tetrazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,(2S,4S)-methyl1-(4-(5-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrazol-3-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-4-(1H-tetrazol-1-yl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate,2-chloropyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-amine,(S)-1-(4-aminopyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid, and(S)-1-(4-(5-cyanothiazol-2-ylamino)pyrrolo[1,2-f][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylicacid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer or stereoisomerthereof.